2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owners PDF

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2013 - crc - 10/16/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-26
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-32 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-34
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-39
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-56
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Trademarks and License Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-15
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Introduction iii
Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners

documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens
the features found on your vehicle. A French language manual can be
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from:
Motors of Canada Limited” for
The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Keep this manual in the vehicle for savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, quick reference.
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated
CRUZE are trademarks and/or Attention: Customer Service
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Plymouth, MI 48170
or licensors.
Using this Manual
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific To quickly locate information about
vehicle either because they are the vehicle, use the Index in the
options that you did not purchase or back of the manual. It is an
due to changes subsequent to the alphabetical list of what is in the
printing of this owner manual. manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22771025 B Second Printing 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

Cautions
{ WARNING
The vehicle has components and
Warning messages found on vehicle These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
labels and in this manual describe that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
hazards and what to do to avoid or people. the text describing the operation or
reduce them. information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
Danger indicates a hazard with a Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
high level of risk which will result in something that could result in
serious injury or death. property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
Warning or Caution indicates a vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
hazard that could result in injury or information.
death.
* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
A circle with a slash through it is a

safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart j : LATCH System Child

Here are some additional symbols Restraints
that may be found on the vehicle * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to : : Oil Pressure
the Index. } : Power
9 : Airbag Readiness Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
# : Air Conditioning > : Safety Belt Reminders
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
% : Audio® Steering Wheel Controls d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
or OnStar
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-16
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16
Initial Drive Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Performance and Maintenance
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8 Traction Control
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Tire Sealant and
Steering Wheel
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Driving for Better Fuel
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Roadside Assistance
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
In Brief 1-3
1. Exterior Lamp Controls on 8. Infotainment on page 7‑1. 18. Horn on page 5‑3.
page 6‑1. Satellite Radio on page 7‑10 (If Driver Airbag. See Where Are
Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 (If Equipped). the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
Equipped). 9. Infotainment Display Screen. 19. Ignition Switch or Keyless
Instrument Panel Illumination 10. Instrument Panel Storage on Ignition Button (If Equipped).
Control on page 6‑5. page 4‑1. See Ignition Positions (Key
2. Air Vents on page 8‑6. Access) on page 9‑15 or
11. Light Sensor. See Automatic Ignition Positions (Keyless
3. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Headlamp System on Access) on page 9‑17.
Changer on page 6‑2. page 6‑3.
20. Driver Knee Airbag. See Where
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 12. Passenger Airbag. See Where Are the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
Lane-Change Signals on Are the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
page 6‑4. 21. Power Door Locks on
13. Hood Release. See Hood on page 2‑11.
Driver Information Center (DIC) page 10‑4.
Buttons. See Driver Information 22. Hazard Warning Flashers on
14. Data Link Connector (DLC) page 6‑4.
Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. (Out of View). See Malfunction
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑13. 23. Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 15. Instrument Panel Fuse Block 24. Parking Brake on page 9‑33.
on page 5‑22. on page 10‑37. 25. Shift Lever. See Automatic
6. Steering Wheel Controls on 16. Cruise Control on page 9‑36. Transmission on page 9‑26 or
page 5‑2. Manual Transmission on
17. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 9‑30.
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑2.
page 5‑3.
1-4 In Brief
26. Traction Control System (TCS) Initial Drive

on page 9‑34.
StabiliTrak® System on
Information
page 9‑35. This section provides a brief
27. Climate Control Systems on overview about some of the
page 8‑1 (If Equipped). important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑3 (If For more detailed information, refer
Equipped). to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑5 (If Equipped). Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote
28. Passenger Airbag Status (RKE) System Start Shown
Indicator on page 5‑12.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the key release button to
29. Passenger Knee Airbag. See transmitter may work up to 60 m extend the key blade. The key can
Where Are the Airbags? on (195 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
page 3‑19. locks.
Press K to unlock the driver door or
all doors.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑32.
In Brief 1-5
Press and hold V briefly to open 3. Immediately after completing Door Locks
the trunk. Step 2, press and hold / for at
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
least two seconds or until the
Press and hold 7 briefly to initiate turn signal lamps flash.
outside, use the Remote Keyless
vehicle locator. Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key.
When the engine starts, the parking From inside the vehicle, use the
Press and hold 7 for at least lamps will turn on and remain on as power door lock switch.
three seconds to sound the panic long as the engine is running. The See Door Locks on page 2‑10.
alarm. doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on. Power Door Locks
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
alarm. The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote 10-minute time extension. Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System start can be extended only once.
Operation on page 2‑3.
Canceling a Remote Start
Remote Vehicle Start To cancel a remote start, do one of
For vehicles with this feature, the the following:
engine can be started from outside . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
the vehicle. vehicle and press and hold /
Starting the Vehicle until the parking lamps turn off.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
. Turn on the hazard warning
vehicle. flashers.
K: Press to unlock the doors.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
2. Press and release Q. Q: Press to lock the doors.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑9. See Power Door Locks on
page 2‑11.
1-6 In Brief
Safety Locks If the indicator light flashes, the 3. Try to move the seat back and
feature may not be working properly. forth to be sure it is locked in
The rear door safety locks prevent
See Safety Locks on page 2‑12. place.
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle. Seat Height Adjuster
Seat Adjustment
Manual Front Seats
Press o { to activate the safety If available, move the lever up or

locks. The indicator light comes on down to manually raise or lower
when activated. the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
The rear door power windows are See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
1. Pull the handle at the front of
also disabled. See Power Windows
the seat.
on page 2‑18.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
Press o { again to deactivate the position and release the handle.
safety locks and power windows.
In Brief 1-7
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to an upright To adjust a power driver seat,
position: if equipped:
1. Lift the lever fully without . Move the seat forward or
applying pressure to the rearward by sliding the control
seatback, and the seatback forward or rearward.
returns to the upright position. . Raise or lower the front part of
2. Push and pull on the seatback to the seat cushion by moving the
make sure it is locked. front of the control up or down.
See Reclining Seatbacks on . Raise or lower the entire seat by
page 3‑4. moving the rear of the control up
or down.
Power Driver Seat
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
To recline the seatback:
Rear Seats
1. Lift the lever.
The rear seatbacks can be folded.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release For detailed instructions, see Rear
the lever to lock the seatback in Seats on page 3‑6.
place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
1-8 In Brief
Heated Seats and then the off setting. Three lights Safety Belts
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑5.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
If available, the controls are on the recline angle as little as necessary Refer to the following sections for
center stack. The engine must be while keeping the seat and the head important information on how to use
running to operate the heated seats. restraint height in the proper safety belts properly:
position.
Press L or M to heat the driver or Safety Belts on page 3‑8.
.
passenger seat cushion and See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 . How to Wear Safety Belts
seatback. and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
Properly on page 3‑10.
Press the control once for the . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11.
highest setting. With each press of
the control, the heated seat will
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
change to the next lower setting, Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑38.
In Brief 1-9
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status 2. Move the control to adjust the
indicator will be visible on the mirror.
System instrument panel when the vehicle is 3. Turn the selector switch to the O
started. See Passenger Airbag position to deselect the mirror.
Status Indicator on page 5‑12.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16.
Mirror Adjustment If the vehicle has heated mirrors,
see Heated Mirrors on page 2‑16.
Exterior
United States
Canada
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No Vehicles with a manual mirror
other airbag is affected by the Controls for the outside power adjustment have controls next to
passenger sensing system. See mirrors are on the driver door. each mirror.
Passenger Sensing System on 1. Turn the selector switch to L
page 3‑24 for important information. See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑16.
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
1-10 In Brief
Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Adjustment Adjustment Dome Lamps
Adjust the rearview mirror to view
the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2‑17. The dome lamp controls are located
in the headliner.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror * : Press to turn the lamps off,
To adjust the steering wheel: even when a door is open.
If equipped with an automatic
dimming rearview mirror, the mirror 1. Pull the lever down. I : Press to turn the lamps on
will automatically reduce the glare of 2. Move the steering wheel up automatically when a door is
headlamps from behind. The or down. opened.
dimming feature and indicator light +: Press to turn on the dome
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
come on each time the vehicle is lamps.
closer or away from you.
started. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑17. 4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
In Brief 1-11
Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting

Control
The reading lamps are located in The exterior lamp control is to the
the overhead console. This feature controls the brightness left of the steering column on the
m or n : Press the button near of the instrument panel controls and instrument panel.
each lamp to turn it on or off. infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is located to the left of O : Briefly turn to this position to
the steering column on the turn the automatic lamp control off
instrument panel. or on again.
D: Turn the thumbwheel up or AUTO: Turns the headlamps on
down and hold, to brighten or dim automatically at normal brightness,
the instrument panel controls and together with the parking lamps,
infotainment display screen. taillamps, license plate lamps,
sidemarker lamps, and instrument
panel lights.
; : Turns on the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps,
sidemarker lamps, and instrument
panel lights.
1-12 In Brief
5 : Turns on the headlamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer

parking lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, sidemarker lamps, and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
# : For vehicles with fog lamps, INT: Move the lever up to INT for
press to turn the lamps on or off. intermittent wipes, then turn the
The windshield wiper/washer lever 3 INT band up for more frequent
See: is on the right side of the steering wipes or down for less frequent
column. With the ignition in ACC/ wipes.
. Exterior Lamp Controls on ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
page 6‑1 the windshield wiper lever to select OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) the wiper speed. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
on page 6‑2 HI: Use for fast wipes. the wiper lever down. For several
. Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
nL: Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.
In Brief 1-13
Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog 8. Recirculation
ventilation for the vehicle can be 9. Defrost 9. Defog
controlled with these systems.
Vehicles with Air Conditioning 10. Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning 11. Defrost
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control
1. Temperature Control
2. Bi-level Air Mode
2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 1. Temperature Control
3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 2. Rear Window Defogger
4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
5. Fan Control
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 4. Defrost
6. Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If Equipped)
Seats (If Equipped) 5. Fan Control
1-14 In Brief
6. Driver and Passenger Heated Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

Seats (If Equipped)
7. Power Radio(s)
8. Recirculation O : Press to turn the system on
9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
BAND: Press to choose between
11. Air Conditioning If the vehicle has a manual FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
See Climate Control Systems on transmission, it will have an up-shift
MENU/SEL: Turn to select radio
page 8‑1 or Automatic Climate light that indicates when to shift to
stations. Press to select a menu.
Control System on page 8‑3 (If the next higher gear for the best fuel
Equipped). economy. g: Press to seek the previous
station or track.
See Manual Transmission on
Transmission page 9‑30. l : Press to seek the next station
or track.
Manual Mode
Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows select favorite stations.
the automatic transmission to be
shifted similar to a manual INFO: Press to show available
transmission. information about the current station
or track.
Electronic Range Select (ERS)
allows for the selection of a range of For more information about these
gears. and other radio features, see
See Manual Mode on page 9‑28.
In Brief 1-15
Storing a Favorite Station 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Satellite Radio

select the next number.
Stations from all bands can be Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
stored in the favorite lists in any 5. To save the settings, press the radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
order. Up to six stations can be BACK on the radio faceplate. satellite radio subscription can
stored in each favorite page and the receive SiriusXM programming.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
number of available favorite pages
can be set. To set the 12/24 hour format for the SiriusXM Satellite Radio
To store the station to a position in
radio with navigation: Service
the list, press the corresponding 1. Press CLOCK. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. based in the 48 contiguous United
heard. States and 10 Canadian provinces.
3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
For more information, see “Storing a select the 12 hour or 24 hour variety of programming and
Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM display format. commercial-free music, coast to
Radio on page 7‑7.
4. To save the settings, press the coast, and in digital-quality sound.
Setting the Clock BACK on the radio faceplate. A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
Adjusting the Time or Date For detailed instructions on setting
the clock for the vehicle's specific Refer to:
To set the time and date for the
audio system. See Clock on . www.siriusxm.com or call
radio with navigation:
page 5‑4. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
1. Press CLOCK.
. www.xmradio.ca or call
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to See Satellite Radio on page 7‑10.
adjust the highlighted number.
1-16 In Brief
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) on systems. See Bluetooth (Overview)
page 7‑18 or Bluetooth on page 7‑18 or Bluetooth
Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm (Infotainment Controls) on (Infotainment Controls) on
(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice
port in the center console bin. Recognition) on page 7‑23. Recognition) on page 7‑23, OnStar
External devices such as iPods®, Overview on page 14‑1, or the
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD Steering Wheel Controls infotainment manual.
changers, and USB drives may be
connected, depending on the audio $ / i : Press to silence the
system. vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16. with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
Bluetooth® or to end a current call.
The Bluetooth® system allows users _ SRC ^ : Press to select a source
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile or turn to change favorite stations.
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD,
audio system and controls. or MP3 track.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile Turn _ or ^ to select the next or
phone must be paired with the previous saved favorite radio
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it For vehicles with audio steering
stations.
can be used in the vehicle. Not all wheel controls, some audio controls
phones will support all functions. can be adjusted at the steering + x −: Press + to increase the
wheel. volume. Press − to decrease the
b / g : For vehicles with a volume.
Bluetooth, OnStar, or navigation For more information, see Steering
system, press to interact with those Wheel Controls on page 5‑2.
In Brief 1-17
Cruise Control *: Press to disengage cruise Driver Information

control without erasing the set Center (DIC)
speed from memory.
The DIC display is in the center of
See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. the instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
Navigation System controls for the DIC are on the turn
If the vehicle has a navigation signal lever.
system, there is a separate
navigation manual that includes
information on the radio, audio
players, and navigation system.
The navigation system provides
detailed maps of most major
For vehicles with cruise control: freeways and roads. After a
destination has been set, the 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
1: Press to turn the cruise control system provides turn-by-turn and hold to clear, the menu item
system on and off. instructions for reaching the displayed.
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to destination. In addition, the system 2. w / x : Use the thumbwheel to
resume a previously set speed or to can help locate a variety of points of scroll through the items in
accelerate. interest (POIs), such as banks, each menu.
airports, restaurants, and more.
SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down 3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
to set a speed or to make the See the navigation manual for more menus. This button is also used
vehicle decelerate. information. to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑22.
1-18 In Brief
Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Performance and

If available, this system uses The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
sensors on the rear bumper to used to plug in electrical equipment,
assist with parking and avoiding such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
objects while in R (Reverse).
Traction Control
There is one accessory power outlet System (TCS)
It operates at speeds less than located on the center floor console
8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible and one on the rear of the center The traction control system limits
beeps to provide distance and floor console. These outlets are wheel spin. The system is on when
system information. powered when the key is in ON/ the vehicle is started.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until . To turn off traction control, press
rear bumper clean to ensure proper the driver door is opened within
and release g on the center
operation. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
See Retained Accessory Power console. i illuminates in the
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
(RAP) on page 9‑22. instrument cluster.
page 9‑39.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. . Press and release g again to
turn traction control back on.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑34.
In Brief 1-19
StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure.
directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
difficult driving conditions. The The TPMS does not replace normal
system is on when the vehicle is monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
started. the correct tire pressures.
. To turn off both Traction Control See Tire Pressure Monitor System
and StabiliTrak, press and hold on page 10‑48.
g until g and i illuminate in the
instrument cluster. Tire Sealant and
. Press g again to turn on both
The low tire pressure warning light Compressor Kit
alerts to a significant loss in
systems. pressure of one of the vehicle's This vehicle may come with a spare
® tires. If the warning light comes on, tire and tire changing equipment or
See StabiliTrak System on
stop as soon as possible and inflate a tire sealant and compressor kit.
page 9‑35.
the tires to the recommended The kit can be used to temporarily
pressure shown on the Tire and seal small punctures in the tread
Loading Information label. See area of the tire. See Tire Sealant
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. and Compressor Kit on page 10‑61.
The warning light will remain on until If the vehicle came with a spare tire
the tire pressure is corrected. and tire changing equipment, see If
The low tire pressure warning light a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑59.
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
1-20 In Brief
Engine Oil Life System Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel
The engine oil life system calculates 1. Using the DIC MENU button and Economy
engine oil life based on vehicle use thumbwheel, scroll until you
reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on Driving habits can affect fuel
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE mileage. Here are some driving tips
OIL SOON DIC message or Code the DIC (: % for Canada). to get the best fuel economy
82 DIC message when it is 2. Press the SET button to reset possible.
necessary to change the engine oil the oil life at 100%. When
and filter.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
prompted, use the thumbwheel smoothly.
Remember, the Oil Life display must to highlight YES or NO. Press
be reset after each oil change. It will the SET/CLEAR button to
. Brake gradually and avoid
not reset itself. Also, be careful not confirm. abrupt stops.
to reset the Oil Life display Be careful not to reset the oil life
. Avoid idling the engine for long
accidentally at any time other than display accidentally at any time periods of time.
when the oil has just been changed. other than after the oil is changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
. When road and weather
It cannot be reset accurately. conditions are appropriate, use
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system press the SET See Engine Oil Life System on cruise control.
button while the Oil Life display is page 10‑11. . Always follow posted speed
active. limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
In Brief 1-21
Replace the vehicle's tires with

OnStar®
.
the same TPC Spec number

molded into the tire's sidewall If equipped, this vehicle has a
near the size. comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
. Follow recommended scheduled
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
maintenance.
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
Roadside Assistance page 14‑1.
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑5.
1-22 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
2-16 Keys
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 { WARNING
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-17 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 seriously injured or killed. They
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Windows could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-11 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 function with the keys in the
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 ignition, and children or others
Roof could be caught in the path of a
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
children in a vehicle with the
Vehicle Security ignition key.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-15
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or
The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE
others could be caught in the path
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press
of a closing window. Do not leave be used for the ignition and all locks the button and the key blade to
children in a vehicle with an RKE if the vehicle is a key access retract the key.
transmitter. vehicle. If the vehicle has the If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
keyless ignition, the key can be inspect the key blade for debris.
used for the locks. Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑5.
With an active OnStar subscription,

. Check the transmitter's battery.
an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar® on in this section.
page 1‑21. . If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
Remote Keyless Entry dealer or a qualified technician
(RKE) System for service.
See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry
page 13‑15 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation
Communications Commission (FCC) The transmitter functions may work
rules and Industry Canada up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. vehicle. On vehicles with remote Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
If there is a decrease in the RKE start the distance will be greater.
The turn signal indicators may flash
operating range: Keep in mind that other conditions, and/or the horn may sound to
. Check the distance. The such as those previously stated, can indicate locking. See “Locking
transmitter may be too far from impact the performance of the Feedback” under Vehicle
the vehicle. transmitter. Personalization on page 5‑32.
. Check the location. Other If the driver door is open when Q is
vehicles or objects may be pressed, all doors lock except the
blocking the signal. driver door, if enabled through the
vehicle personalization.
If the passenger door is open when
Q is pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing Q may also arm the turn signals flash for 30 seconds, Keyless access can be programmed
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle or until 7 is pressed again or the to unlock all doors on the first lock/
Alarm System on page 2‑14. vehicle is started. unlock press from the driver door.
See Vehicle Personalization on
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the / (Remote Vehicle Start): For page 5‑32.
driver door or all doors. See “Door vehicles with this feature, press Q
Unlock Options” under Vehicle Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
and then press and hold / within the Driver Door
five seconds to start the engine from
The turn signal indicators may flash outside the vehicle using the RKE When the doors are locked and the
and/or the horn may sound to transmitter. See Remote Vehicle RKE transmitter is within range of
indicate unlocking. See “Unlock Start on page 2‑9. the door handle, pressing the lock/
Feedback” under Vehicle unlock button on the driver door
Personalization on page 5‑32. The buttons on the keys are handle will unlock the driver door.
disabled when there is a key in the If the lock/unlock button is pressed
Pressing K will disarm the ignition, if equipped. again within five seconds, all
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle passenger doors will unlock.
Alarm System on page 2‑14.
Keyless Access Operation
The keyless access system allows
V (Remote Trunk Release):
for the doors and trunk to be locked
Press and hold to release the trunk.
and unlocked without pressing the
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic RKE transmitter button. The RKE
Alarm): Press and hold briefly to transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior of the door being opened. If the
lamps flash and the horn chirps vehicle has this feature, there will be
three times. a button on the outside door
handles.
Press and hold 7 for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

the Passenger Doors the interior of the vehicle, the doors
When the doors are locked and the will lock after eight seconds.
RKE transmitter is within range of Temporarily disable the locking
the door handle, pressing the lock/ feature by pressing and holding the
unlock button on a passenger door power door K switch for several
handle will unlock all doors. seconds with a door open. Passive
Pressing the lock/unlock button will locking will then remain disabled
cause all doors to lock if any of the
until the power door Q switch is
following occur:
pressed, or until the vehicle is
. The lock/unlock button was used turned on.
to unlock all doors.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger To customize whether the doors
Similar . Any vehicle door has been automatically lock when exiting the
opened and all doors are now vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Pressing the lock/unlock button will closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the Start” under Vehicle Personalization
following occur: Passive Locking on page 5‑32.
. It has been more than If the vehicle has the keyless Keyless Trunk Opening
five seconds since the first lock/ access system, this feature allows Press the touch pad on the rear of
unlock button press. for selecting whether the doors the trunk above the license plate to
automatically lock during normal open the trunk when the RKE
. Two lock/unlock button presses
vehicle exit. When the vehicle is transmitter is in range.
were used to unlock all doors.
turned off and all doors are closed,
. Any vehicle door has been the vehicle will determine how many Keyed Access
opened and all doors are now RKE transmitters remain in the For accessing a vehicle with a dead
closed. vehicle interior. If at least one RKE transmitter battery, see Door Locks
on page 2‑10.
Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the new

the Vehicle transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the outside of the
Only RKE transmitters programmed driver door and turn the key to
to the vehicle will work. If a the unlock position five times
transmitter is lost or stolen, a within 10 seconds.
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer. The Driver Information Center
The vehicle can be reprogrammed (DIC) displays READY FOR
so that lost or stolen transmitters no REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
longer work. Any remaining 3. Remove the recognized key and
transmitters will need to be place the new transmitter into
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can the transmitter slot.
have up to eight transmitters 1. Remove the plastic trim piece
matched to it. from the small storage area next 4. Press the ignition. When the
to the accessory power outlet transmitter is learned, the DIC
Programming with a Recognized toward the front of the console, will show that it is ready to
Transmitter (Keyless Access to access the transmitter slot. program the next transmitter.
Vehicles Only) Push the button on the 5. Remove the transmitter from the
A new transmitter can be recognized transmitter to extend transmitter pocket and press K.
programmed to the vehicle when the key blade. Insert the key
there is one recognized transmitter. blade into the transmitter slot. To program additional
To program, the vehicle must be off transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
and all of the transmitters, both When all additional transmitters
currently recognized and new, must are programmed, press and hold
be with you. the ignition for 10 seconds to
exit programming mode.
Replace the plastic trim piece
from the small storage area.
Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

Recognized Transmitter (Keyless displays PRESS ENGINE
Access Vehicles Only) START BUTTON TO LEARN
If there are no currently recognized and then press the ignition.
transmitters available, follow this The DIC displays will again
procedure to program up to five show REMOTE LEARN
transmitters. This feature is not PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
available in Canada. This procedure 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
will take approximately 30 minutes times. After the third time all
to complete. The vehicle must be off previously known transmitters
and all of the transmitters you wish will no longer work with the
to program must be with you. vehicle. Remaining transmitters
1. Insert the vehicle key of the can be relearned during the next 4. Remove the plastic trim piece
transmitter into the key lock steps. from the small storage area next
cylinder on the outside of the to the accessory power outlet
The DIC display should now toward the front of the console,
driver door and turn the key to show READY FOR
the unlock position five times to access the transmitter slot.
REMOTE # 1. Push the button on the
within 10 seconds.
recognized transmitter to extend
The Driver Information Center the key blade. Insert the key
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN blade into the transmitter slot.
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
5. Press the ignition. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
will show that it is ready to
program the next transmitter.
6. Remove the transmitter from the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

transmitter slot and press K. N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and the ignition button.
To program additional See Starting the Engine on
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. page 9‑19 for additional
When all additional transmitters information about the vehicle's
are programmed, press and hold keyless ignition with pushbutton
the ignition for 10 seconds to start.
exit programming mode. Replace the transmitter battery
Replace the plastic trim piece as soon as possible.
from the small storage area.
Battery Replacement
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery To start the vehicle: Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
If the transmitter battery is weak, the 1. Remove the plastic trim piece
message displays in the DIC. See
DIC may display NO REMOTE from the small storage area next
“Replace Battery in Remote Key”
DETECTED when you try to start to the accessory power outlet
under Key and Lock Messages on
the vehicle. The REPLACE toward the front of the console,
page 5‑29.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY to access the transmitter slot.
message may also be displayed at The battery is not rechargeable. To
2. Push the button on the
this time. replace the battery:
recognized transmitter to extend
the key blade. Insert the key 1. Push the button on the
blade into the transmitter slot. transmitter to extend the key
blade.
Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the

performance of the transmitter. See
The vehicle may have this feature Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
that allows you to start the engine System on page 2‑3.
from outside the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This
button will be on the RKE To start the engine using the remote
transmitter if the vehicle has remote start feature:
start. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
The climate control system will use vehicle.
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
2. Press and release Q.
2. Remove the battery cover by come on during remote start based 3. Immediately after completing
prying it with a finger. on cold ambient conditions. The Step 2, press and hold / for at
3. Remove the battery by pushing rear fog indicator light does not least two seconds or until the
on the battery and sliding it come on during remote start. If the turn signal lamps flash. The turn
toward the key blade. vehicle has heated seats, they may signal lamps flashing confirms
come on during a remote start. See the request to remote start the
4. Insert the new battery, positive Heated Front Seats on page 3‑5. vehicle has been received.
side facing up. Push the battery
down until it is held in place. Laws in some local communities When the engine starts, the parking
Replace with a CR2032 or may restrict the use of remote lamps will turn on and remain on as
equivalent battery. starters. For example, some laws long as the engine is running. The
require a person using remote start doors will be locked and the climate
5. Snap the battery cover back on to have the vehicle in view. Check control system may come on.
to the transmitter. local regulations for any
requirements.
The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start

. The oil pressure is low.
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a To cancel a remote start, do one of
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
10-minute time extension. Remote the following: single remote start with an
start can be extended only once. extension, have already
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the been used.
Start the vehicle before driving.
vehicle and press and hold /
Extending Engine Run Time
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
until the parking lamps turn off.
For a 10-minute extension, repeat . Turn on the hazard warning Door Locks
Steps 1–3 while the engine is still flashers.
running. The remote start can be
extended once.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. { WARNING
When the remote start is extended, Conditions in Which Remote Start Unlocked doors can be
the second 10 minutes will start Will Not Work dangerous.
immediately. The remote vehicle start feature will . Passengers, especially
For example, if the engine has been not operate if: children, can easily open the
running for five minutes, and . The key is in the ignition (key doors and fall out of a moving
10 minutes are added, the engine access) or if the key is in the vehicle. The chance of being
will run for a total of 15 minutes. vehicle (keyless access). thrown out of the vehicle in a
A maximum of two remote starts, . The hood is not closed. crash is increased if the
or a single start with an extension, doors are not locked. So, all
is allowed between ignition cycles.
. The hazard warning flashers passengers should wear
are on. safety belts properly and the
The vehicle's ignition must be doors should be locked
turned on and then back off before
. The malfunction indicator lamp
is on. whenever the vehicle is
the remote start procedure can be driven.
used again. . The engine coolant temperature
is too high. (Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
The doors can also be unlocked Automatic Door Locks
from the inside by pulling the door
handle. Pulling the door handle Automatic Door Lock
. Young children who get into again unlatches the door.
unlocked vehicles may be The doors are programmed to
unable to get out. A child can automatically lock when the shift
be overcome by extreme heat Power Door Locks lever is moved out of P (Park).
and can suffer permanent The automatic door lock feature
injuries or even death from cannot be disabled.
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it. Automatic Door Unlock
. Outsiders can easily enter The doors will automatically unlock
through an unlocked door when the shift lever is moved into
when slowing or stopping the P (Park).
vehicle. Lock the doors to See Vehicle Personalization on
help prevent this from page 5‑32.
happening.
To lock or unlock a door from

outside the vehicle, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
From inside the vehicle, use the
power door lock switch or the
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
doors.
manual lock knob. Pushing down
the manual lock knob on the driver
door will lock all doors.
Safety Locks The rear door power windows are Doors

also disabled. See Power Windows
The rear door safety locks prevent on page 2‑18.
passengers from opening the rear Trunk
doors from inside the vehicle. Press o { again to deactivate the
safety locks and power windows. { WARNING
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly. Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
If a rear door handle is pulled when liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
the safety lock is deactivated, that any objects that pass through the
door will remain locked and the seal between the body and the
indicator light may flash. Release
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
the handle, then press the safety
exhaust contains carbon
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks. monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
Press o { to activate the safety the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
locks. The indicator light comes on
when activated.
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Remote Trunk Release If the engine is running, the doors

WARNING (Continued) must be unlocked. Vehicles with an
automatic transmission must be in
. Adjust the climate control P (Park), vehicles with a manual
system to a setting that transmission must have the park
brings in only outside air and brake applied.
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate Emergency Trunk Release
Control Systems” in the Handle
Index.
Notice: Do not use the
. If the vehicle has a power emergency trunk release handle
liftgate, disable the power as a tie-down or anchor point
liftgate function. when securing items in the trunk
For more information about as it could damage the handle.
carbon monoxide, see Engine The emergency trunk release
To open the trunk from outside the
Exhaust on page 9‑25. handle is only intended to aid a
vehicle, press the V button on the person trapped in a latched trunk,
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) enabling them to open the trunk
transmitter, or by pressing the touch from the inside.
pad above the license plate when
the doors are unlocked.
Vehicle Security Disarming the System

This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system press K on
features; however, they do not make the RKE transmitter.
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Turning off the System Alarm
Vehicle Alarm System If there is an attempt to open the
doors, trunk, or hood without first
This vehicle has a theft alarm
system. pressing K on the transmitter, the
system alarm will be activated. The
Arming the System exterior lamps will flash and the
To arm the system, use the power horn will sound for about
There is an emergency trunk door lock switch or the RKE 30 seconds.
release handle located inside the transmitter to lock the vehicle while To turn off the system alarm press
trunk on the trunk lid. The release exiting with the vehicle turned off. K on the RKE transmitter.
handle can be accessed by folding
The alarm arms after about
the rear seatback. See Rear Seats
30 seconds after all the doors have Immobilizer
on page 3‑6. Pull the release handle
been closed. See Radio Frequency Statement on
to open the trunk from the inside.
Press Q again and the system arms
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
immediately.
Communications Commission (FCC)
The security light, in the center of rules and Industry Canada
the instrument cluster, will flash Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
slowly.
Immobilizer Operation The security light in the instrument Exterior Mirrors

cluster comes on if there is a
This vehicle has a passive problem with arming or disarming
theft-deterrent system. the theft-deterrent system. Convex Mirrors
The system does not have to be When trying to start the vehicle, the
manually armed or disarmed. security light comes on briefly when { WARNING
The vehicle is automatically the ignition is turned on. A convex mirror can make things,
immobilized when the key is If the engine does not start and the like other vehicles, look farther
removed from the ignition. security light stays on, there is a away than they really are. If you
The system is automatically problem with the system. Turn the cut too sharply into the right lane,
disarmed when the vehicle is ignition off and try again. you could hit a vehicle on the
started with the correct key. The key If the engine still does not start, and right. Check the inside mirror or
uses a transponder that matches an the key appears to be undamaged glance over your shoulder before
immobilizer control unit in the or the light continues to stay on, try changing lanes.
vehicle and automatically disarms another ignition key. If the engine
the system. Only an authorized key does not start with the other key, the
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may The passenger side mirror is convex
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
not start if the key is damaged. does start, the first key may be curved so more can be seen from
damaged. See your dealer who can the driver seat.
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors
The vehicle may have heated
mirrors.
Vehicles with a manual mirror To adjust the mirror:
adjustment have controls next to
= (Rear Window Defogger):
1. Turn the selector switch to Press to heat the outside rearview
each mirror. L (Left) or R (Right) to choose mirrors. See “Rear Window
Adjust the inside rearview mirror by the driver or passenger mirror. Defogger” under Automatic Climate
moving it up and down or side to 2. Move the control to adjust the Control System on page 8‑3.
side. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare mirror.
from the headlamps behind you.
Push the tab forward for daytime 3. Turn the selector switch to the O
use and pull it for nighttime use. position to deselect the mirror.
Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Rearview Mirror
Manual Rearview Mirror To adjust the inside rearview mirror, { WARNING
To adjust the inside rearview mirror, hold the rearview mirror in the
center and move it to view the area Never leave a child, a helpless
hold the rearview mirror in the
behind the vehicle. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
center and move it to view the area
especially with the windows
behind the vehicle. For vehicles with an automatic closed in warm or hot weather.
For vehicles with a manual rearview dimming rearview mirror, the mirror They can be overcome by the
mirror, push the tab forward for will automatically reduce the glare extreme heat and suffer
daytime use and pull it rearward for from the headlamps from behind. permanent injuries or even death
nighttime use to avoid glare from The dimming feature and the
from heat stroke.
the headlamps from behind. indicator light come on when the
vehicle is started.
Vehicles with OnStar® have three
control buttons at the bottom of the Vehicles with OnStar have three
mirror. See a dealer for more control buttons at the bottom of the
information about OnStar and how mirror. See your dealer for more
to subscribe to it. See OnStar information about OnStar and how
Overview on page 14‑1. to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Power Windows
{ WARNING
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
The vehicle aerodynamics are Keys on page 2‑1. Press the switch down to open the
designed to improve fuel economy window. Pull the front of the switch
performance. This may result in a up to close it.
pulsing sound when either rear The switches work when the ignition
window is down and the front is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
windows are up. To reduce the or in Retained Accessory Power
sound, open either a front window (RAP). See Retained Accessory
or the sunroof, if equipped. Power (RAP) on page 9‑22.
Express Window Operation
This vehicle may have windows with
an express-up or down feature. This
feature allows the window to be
lowered or raised without holding
the switch. Passenger side and rear
windows only have express-down. fully pulled up position will activate 4. Continue holding the switch up
Pull a window switch up or push it the express-up and related obstacle for approximately two seconds
down all the way, release it, and the detection features. after the window is completely
window goes down or up closed.
automatically. Stop the window by Programming the Power
Windows The window is now reprogrammed.
pushing or pulling the switch. Repeat the process for the other
Obstacle Detection Feature If the battery on the vehicle has windows.
been recharged or disconnected,
If equipped with express-up, and an or is not working, the windows will Window Lockout
object is in the path of the window need to be reprogrammed for the
when closing, the window will stop express-up feature to work. Before
at the obstruction and auto-reverse reprogramming, replace or recharge
to a preset factory position. Weather the vehicle's battery.
conditions such as severe cold and/
To program each front window:
or ice may also cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return 1. With the ignition in ACC/
to normal operation once the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
obstruction or condition is removed. or when RAP is active, close all
doors.
If conditions prevent the window
from closing and the window 2. Press and hold the power
continues to auto-reverse, it is window switch until the window
possible to close the window with is fully open.
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding 3. Pull the power window switch up This feature prevents the rear
the window switch in the partially or until the window is fully closed. passenger windows from operating,
fully pulled up position. Release of except from the driver position.
the switch from the partially pulled
up position will cause the window to
stop. Release of the switch from the
Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

window lockout. The indicator light
comes on when activated. Sunroof
The rear door locks are also
disabled. See Safety Locks on
page 2‑12.
Press o { again to deactivate the
lockout and enable the rear door
locks.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly. Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
Overload Feature center mount to pivot to the side
window, or to extend along the rod,
If the windows are operated
if available.
repeatedly in short intervals, the
window operation is disabled for a The sunroof only operates when the
short time. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑22.
To open or close the sunroof, press
the open or close sunroof switch (1)
to the first detent position.
To express open or close the Sunshade

sunroof with the safety function The sunshade is manually operated.
enabled, press the open or close Close or open the sunshade by
sunroof switch (1) to the second sliding. When the sunroof is
detent position and release. To stop opened, the sunshade is
the movement, press the switch always open.
again.
To automatically tilt or close the Safety Function
sunroof, press the tilt open or close If the sunroof has any resistance
sunroof switch (2). during automatic closing, it will Dirt and debris may collect on the
immediately stop and reverse. sunroof seal or in the track. This
If an object is in the path of the could cause an issue with sunroof
sunroof while it is closing, the To override the safety function, operation, noise, or plugging within
anti-pinch feature will detect the press and hold the close sunroof the water drainage system.
object and stop the sunroof. switch. The sunroof closes without Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof glass panel cannot be the safety function. To stop the remove any obstacles or loose
opened or closed if the vehicle has movement, release the switch. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
an electrical failure. roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
2 NOTES
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Adding Equipment to the

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-15 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-29
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-30
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Airbag System Child Restraints
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 When Should an Airbag Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-35
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-37
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers
How Does an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Rear Seats
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
What Will You See after an Replacing LATCH System
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-45
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
restraints are not designed to be 1. Pull the handle at the front of
removed.
Seat Adjustment the seat.
If you are installing a child restraint 2. Slide the seat to the desired
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the { WARNING position and release the handle.
LATCH System” under Lower 3. Try to move the seat back and
You can lose control of the
Anchors and Tethers for Children forth to be sure it is locked in
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
(LATCH System) on page 3‑38.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when Seat Height Adjuster
the vehicle is not moving.
If available, move the lever up or

down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are To recline the seatback:
locked. 1. Lift the lever.
To adjust the power driver seat,
If necessary, move the safety
if equipped:
belt out of the way to access the
. Move the seat forward or lever.
rearward by sliding the control
2. Move the seatback to the
forward or rearward.
desired position, then release
. Raise or lower the front part of the lever to lock the seatback in
the seat cushion by moving the place.
front of the control up or down.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
. Raise or lower the entire seat by make sure it is locked.
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
To return the seatback to an upright Do not have a seatback reclined if

position: WARNING (Continued) the vehicle is moving.
1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt could go up over
applying pressure to the your abdomen. The belt forces
Heated Front Seats
seatback, and the seatback would be there, not at your pelvic
returns to the upright position. bones. This could cause serious { WARNING
2. Push and pull on the seatback to internal injuries.
If you cannot feel temperature
make sure it is locked. For proper protection when the change or pain to the skin, the
vehicle is in motion, have the seat heater may cause burns. To
{ WARNING seatback upright. Then sit well reduce the risk of burns, people
back in the seat and wear the with such a condition should use
Sitting in a reclined position when
safety belt properly. care when using the seat heater,
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled especially for long periods of
up, the safety belts cannot do time. Do not place anything on
their job. the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
The shoulder belt will not be cover, or similar item. This may
against your body. Instead, it will cause the seat heater to
be in front of you. In a crash, you overheat. An overheated seat
could go into it, receiving neck or heater may cause a burn or may
other injuries. damage the seat.
(Continued)
The passenger seat may take Rear Seats

longer to heat up.
Either side of the rear seatback can
Remote Start Heated Seats be folded.
When it is cold outside, the heated To fold the rear seatbacks:
seats can be turned on
automatically during a remote 1. Place the front seatbacks in the
vehicle start. The heated seats will upright position. See Reclining
be canceled when the ignition is Seatbacks on page 3‑4.
turned on. Press the control to use Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the heated seats after the vehicle is the safety belts still fastened may
started. cause damage to the seat or the
If available, the controls are on the The heated seat indicator lights on safety belts. Always unbuckle the
center stack. The engine must be the control do not turn on during a safety belts and return them to
running to operate the heated seats. remote start. their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
Press L or M to heat the driver or The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. 2. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
passenger seat cushion and and make sure the safety belt
This is normal.
seatback. buckles are stowed in the
The heated seats will not turn on pockets in the seat cushion.
Press the control once for the
during a remote start unless the
highest setting. With each press of
heated seat feature is enabled in
the control, the heated seat will
the vehicle personalization menu.
change to the next lower setting,
See Remote Vehicle Start on
and then the off setting. Three lights
page 2‑9 and Vehicle
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
4. Reach under the safety belt and To raise the seatback:

pull the lever to unlock the
seatback. { WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
3. Make sure the safety belt is in properly routed and attached, and
the guide on top of the seatback. are not twisted.
1. Make sure the safety belt is in

A tab near the seatback lever the guide on the top of the
raises when the seatback is seatback.
unlocked.
5. Fold the seatback forward.
Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other
seatback, if desired.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it Safety Belts

rearward until it clicks into place. { WARNING
Keep the safety belts clear of the This section of the manual
seatback and untwisted. If the seatback is not locked, it describes how to use safety belts
could move forward in a sudden properly. It also describes some
A tab near the seatback lever stop or crash. That could cause things not to do with safety belts.
retracts when the seatback is injury to the person sitting there.
locked in place.
The center rear safety belt may
Always pull forward on the top of
the seatback at the area of the
{ WARNING
lock when you raise the latch to be sure it is locked. Do not let anyone ride where a
seatback. If this happens, let the safety belt cannot be worn
belt go back all the way and properly. In a crash, if you or your
start again. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked into passenger(s) are not wearing
position. safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
safety belts. You can be seriously
seatback, if necessary.
injured or killed by hitting things
Keep the seat in the upright locked inside the vehicle harder or by
position when not in use. being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing

WARNING (Continued) safety belts makes such good
sense.
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About
passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts
the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a
Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt?
check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are
restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you
reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is
See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted.
page 5‑10. as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why and Young Children on page 3‑33.

. Always use the correct buckle
should I have to wear safety Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position.
belts? protection. . Wear the lap part of the belt low
A: Airbags are supplemental It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just
systems only; so they work with to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash,
safety belts — not instead of unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong
them. Whether or not an airbag in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be
is provided, all occupants still wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap
have to buckle up to get the belt. If you slid under it, the belt
There are important things to know would apply force on your
most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. abdomen. This could cause
Also, in nearly all states and in
serious or even fatal injuries.
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
How to Wear Safety Belts These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
Properly forces. The shoulder belt locks if
This section is only for people of there is a sudden stop or crash.
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Sit up straight and always keep
Children on page 3‑31 or Infants your feet on the floor in front
of you.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is If the shoulder portion of a

{ WARNING adjustable, so you can sit up passenger belt is pulled out all
straight. To see how, see “Seats” the way, the child restraint
You can be seriously injured, in the Index. locking feature may be engaged.
or even killed, by not wearing If this happens, let the belt go
your safety belt properly. back all the way and start again.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it
All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the
have a lap-shoulder belt. buckle until it clicks.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
The following instructions explain you pull the belt across you very Pull up on the latch plate to
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt quickly. If this happens, let the make sure it is secure. If the belt
properly. belt go back slightly to unlock it. is not long enough, see Safety
Then pull the belt across you Belt Extender on page 3‑15.
more slowly.
Position the release button on Adjust the guide so the shoulder

the buckle so that the safety belt portion of the belt is on the shoulder
could be quickly unbuckled if and not falling off of it. The belt
necessary. should be close to, but not
If equipped with a shoulder belt contacting, the neck. Improper
height adjuster, move it to the shoulder belt height adjustment
height that is right for you. See could reduce the effectiveness of
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” the safety belt in a crash. See How
later in this section for to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
instructions on use and page 3‑10.
important safety information.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
Press the release button and move
height adjuster for the driver and
4. To make the lap part tight, pull the height adjuster to the desired
right front passenger seating
up on the shoulder belt. position. The adjuster can be moved
positions.
up by pushing the slide/trim up.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide, if equipped, for
without pushing the release button pretensioners activate in a crash, each outboard passenger position in
to make sure it has locked into the pretensioners and probably the rear seat. To install a comfort
position. other parts of the vehicle's safety guide to the safety belt:
belt system will need to replaced.
Safety Belt Pretensioners See Replacing Safety Belt System
This vehicle has safety belt Parts after a Crash on page 3‑16.
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners cannot be seen, they Guides
are part of the safety belt assembly. This vehicle may have rear safety
They can help tighten the safety belt comfort guides. If not, they are
belts during the early stages of a available through the dealer. The
moderate to severe frontal, near guides may provide added safety
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold belt comfort for older children who
conditions for pretensioner have outgrown booster seats and
activation are met. for some adults. When installed and
And, on vehicles with side impact properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
airbags, safety belt pretensioners positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of
can help tighten the safety belts in a neck and head. the seat.
side crash or a rollover event.
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not
and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The
belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the
protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described
person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt is on the shoulder and not
belt should go over the shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
(Continued) be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
5. To remove and store the comfort A pregnant woman should wear a use it for securing child seats. To
guide, squeeze the belt edges lap-shoulder belt, and the lap wear it, attach it to the regular safety
together so that the safety belt portion should be worn as low as belt. See the instruction sheet that
can be removed from the guide. possible, below the rounding, comes with the extender.
Store the guide in its storage throughout the pregnancy.
pocket on the seatback. The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety Now and then, check that the safety
Safety Belt Use During belt is worn properly, it is more likely belt reminder light, safety belts,
Pregnancy that the fetus will not be hurt in a buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
crash. For pregnant women, as for anchorages are all working properly.
Safety belts work for everyone,
anyone, the key to making safety Look for any other loose or
including pregnant women. Like all
belts effective is wearing them damaged safety belt system parts
occupants, they are more likely to
properly. that might keep a safety belt system
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts. from doing its job. See your dealer
Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a
around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away.
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑10.
long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry.
personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑16.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that
Crash were used during any crash may
{ WARNING have been stressed or damaged.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.

{ WARNING See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced.
a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be
provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt
Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the
soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash.
serious injury or even death in a
Have the safety belt pretensioners
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a
safety belt systems are working
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle
inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑11.
possible.

. A roof-rail airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact
Airbag System outboard passenger and the airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
The vehicle has the following passenger seated directly side of the seatback closest to
airbags: behind the front outboard the door.
passenger.
. A frontal airbag for the driver. For roof-rail airbags, the word
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
. A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
outboard passenger. near the deployment opening. Airbags are designed to supplement
. A knee airbag for the driver. the protection provided by safety
For frontal airbags, the word belts. Even though today's airbags
. A knee airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the are also designed to help reduce
outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on the risk of injury from the force of an
the instrument panel for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A seat-mounted side impact
outboard passenger. very quickly to do their job.
airbag for the driver.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
. A seat-mounted side impact
is on the lower part of the
airbag for the front outboard
instrument panel.
passenger.
. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the second row
outboard passengers.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
{ WARNING force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus
wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but
designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants.
belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt
airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is
in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young
safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during children and infants need the
See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint
Inflate? on page 3‑21. belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the
Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. Children on page 3‑31 or Infants
hitting things inside the vehicle or and Young Children on
being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side page 3‑33.
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with
vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags
properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags.
an airbag for that person.
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light

on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness The driver knee airbag is below the
Light on page 5‑11 for more steering column. The front outboard
information. passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box.
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
WARNING (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a
Side Similar Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag.
The seat-mounted side impact On vehicles with second row seat‐ Never secure anything to the roof
airbags for the driver and front mounted side impact airbags, they of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
outboard passenger are in the side are in the sides of the rear seatback by routing a rope or tie‐down
of the seatbacks closest to the door. closest to the door. through any door or window
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, opening. If you do, the path of an
right front passenger, and second { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be
row outboard passengers are in the blocked.
ceiling above the side windows. If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at frontal impacts, airbags inflate at a
different crash speeds depending on level less than full deployment. For
Inflate? whether the vehicle hits an object more severe frontal impacts, full
This vehicle has advanced straight on or at an angle, and deployment occurs.
technology frontal airbags. Frontal whether the object is fixed or The vehicle has seat-mounted side
airbags are designed to inflate in moving, rigid or deformable, narrow impact airbags and roof-rail airbags.
moderate to severe frontal or near or wide. See Airbag System on page 3‑17.
frontal crashes to help reduce the Thresholds can also vary with Seat-mounted side impact and
potential for severe injuries, mainly specific vehicle design. roof-rail airbags are intended to
to the driver's or front outboard inflate in moderate to severe side
passenger's head and chest. Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in crashes depending on the location
However, they are only designed to of the impact. In addition, these
inflate if the impact exceeds a rear impacts, or in many side
impacts. roof-rail airbags are intended to
predetermined deployment inflate during a rollover or in a
threshold. Deployment thresholds Advanced technology frontal airbags severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted
are used to predict how severe a adjust the restraint according to side impact and roof-rail airbags will
crash is likely to be in time for the crash severity. inflate if the crash severity is above
airbags to inflate and help restrain the system's designed threshold
the occupants. Frontal knee airbags are designed
to inflate in moderate to severe level. The threshold level can vary
Whether the frontal airbags will or frontal or near frontal impacts that with specific vehicle design.
should inflate is not based primarily exceed a predetermined
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. deployment threshold.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how The vehicle has electronic frontal
quickly the vehicle slows down. sensors, which help the sensing
system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a more
severe frontal impact. For moderate
Roof-rail airbags are not intended to For airbag location, see Where Are But airbags would not help in many
inflate in rear impacts. the Airbags? on page 3‑19. types of collisions, primarily
A seat-mounted side impact airbag because the occupant's motion is
is intended to inflate on the side of How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See When
the vehicle that is struck. Both Should an Airbag Inflate? on
roof-rail airbags will inflate when
Restrain? page 3‑21.
either side of the vehicle is struck or In moderate to severe frontal or
Airbags should never be regarded
if the sensing system predicts that near frontal collisions, even belted
as anything more than a supplement
the vehicle is about to roll over on occupants can contact the steering
to safety belts.
its side, or in a severe frontal wheel or the instrument panel. In
impact. moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact What Will You See after
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
the inside of the vehicle. an Airbag Inflates?
inflated simply because of the Airbags supplement the protection After the frontal airbags and
vehicle damage or repair costs. provided by safety belts by seat-mounted side impact airbags
distributing the force of the impact inflate, they quickly deflate, so
What Makes an Airbag more evenly over the quickly that some people may not
occupant's body. even realize an airbag inflated.
Inflate? Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
In a deployment event, the sensing are designed to help contain the partially inflated for some time after
system sends an electrical signal head and chest of occupants in the they inflate. Some components of
triggering a release of gas from the outboard seating positions in the the airbag module may be hot for
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the first and second rows. The rollover several minutes. For location of the
airbag causing the bag to break out capable roof-rail airbags are airbags, see Where Are the
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, designed to help reduce the risk of Airbags? on page 3‑19.
and related hardware are all part of full or partial ejection in rollover
the airbag module. events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
The parts of the airbag that come

into contact with you may be warm, WARNING (Continued) { WARNING
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming problems following an airbag A crash severe enough to inflate
from the vents in the deflated deployment, you should seek the airbags may have also
airbags. Airbag inflation does not medical attention. damaged important functions in
prevent the driver from seeing out of the vehicle, such as the fuel
the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle has a feature that may system, brake and steering
the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps, turn on the appears to be drivable after a
hazard warning flashers, and shut moderate crash, there may be
{ WARNING off the fuel system after the airbags concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
When an airbag inflates, there off the interior lamps, and turn off the vehicle.
may be dust in the air. This dust the hazard warning flashers by Use caution if you should attempt
could cause breathing problems using the controls for those to restart the engine after a crash
for people with a history of features.
has occurred.
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
(Continued)
In many crashes severe enough to

. Let only qualified technicians
inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems.
broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that
Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work
also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for
passenger airbag. service.
. Airbags are designed to inflate United States
only once. After an airbag
Passenger Sensing
inflates, you will need some new System
parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger
If you do not get them, the sensing system for the front
airbag system will not be there outboard passenger position. The
to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator
crash. A new system will include will light on the instrument panel
airbag modules and possibly Canada
when the vehicle is started.
other parts. The service manual The words ON and OFF, or the
for the vehicle covers the need symbol for on and off, will be visible
to replace other parts. during the system check. If you use
. The vehicle has a crash sensing remote start, if equipped, to start the
and diagnostic module which vehicle, you may not see the system
records information after a check. When the system check is
crash. See Vehicle Data complete, either the word ON or
Recording and Privacy on OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
page 13‑13 and Event Data be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Recorders on page 13‑14. Status Indicator on page 5‑12.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No Never put a rear-facing child seat in

other airbag is affected by the the front. This is because the risk to WARNING (Continued)
passenger sensing system. the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates. inflate under some unusual
The passenger sensing system circumstance, even though the
works with sensors that are part of airbag(s) are off.
the front outboard passenger seat. { WARNING
The sensors are designed to detect Secure rear-facing child restraints
the presence of a properly seated A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the
occupant and determine if the front restraint can be seriously injured airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
outboard passenger frontal airbag or killed if the passenger frontal forward-facing child restraint in
and knee airbag should be allowed airbag inflates. This is because the front outboard passenger
to inflate or not. the back of the rear-facing child seat, always move the seat as far
restraint would be very close to back as it will go. It is better to
According to accident statistics,
the inflating airbag. A child in a secure the child restraint in a
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct forward-facing child restraint can rear seat.
child restraint for their weight be seriously injured or killed if the
and size. passenger frontal airbag inflates
The passenger sensing system is
and the passenger seat is in a
We recommend that children be designed to turn off the front
forward position. outboard passenger frontal airbag
secured in a rear seat, including: an
infant or a child riding in a Even if the passenger sensing and knee airbag if:
rear-facing child restraint; a child system has turned off the front . The front outboard passenger
riding in a forward-facing child seat; outboard passenger airbag(s), no seat is unoccupied.
an older child riding in a booster system is fail-safe. No one can
seat; and children, who are large guarantee that an airbag will not
. The system determines that an
enough, using safety belts. infant is present in a child
(Continued) restraint.

. A front outboard passenger For some children, including If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
takes his/her weight off of the children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint
seat for a period of time. very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed
. There is a critical problem with and the on indicator is lit:
the airbag system or the off the front outboard passenger
passenger sensing system. frontal airbag and knee airbag, 1. Turn the vehicle off.
depending upon the person's
When the passenger sensing 2. Remove the child restraint from
seating posture and body build.
system has turned off the front the vehicle.
Everyone in the vehicle who has
outboard passenger frontal airbag outgrown child restraints should 3. Remove any additional items
and knee airbag, the off indicator wear a safety belt properly — from the seat such as blankets,
will light and stay lit as a reminder whether or not there is an airbag for cushions, seat covers, seat
that the airbag(s) are off. See that person. heaters, or seat massagers.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑12. 4. Reinstall the child restraint
The passenger sensing system is
{ WARNING following the directions provided
by the child restraint
designed to turn on the front If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to
outboard passenger frontal airbag comes on and stays on, it means Securing Child Restraints (Front
and knee airbag anytime the system that something may be wrong Passenger Seat) on page 3‑45
senses that a person of adult size is with the airbag system. To help or Securing Child Restraints
sitting properly in the front outboard avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) on page 3‑48.
passenger seat. When the have the vehicle serviced right
passenger sensing system has away. See Airbag Readiness
allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled, Light on page 5‑11 for more
the on indicator will light and stay lit
information, including important
as a reminder that the airbag(s) are
safety information.
active.
5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an to detect that person and enable the
restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant front outboard passenger frontal
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, airbag and knee airbag:
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly 1. Turn the vehicle off.
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion, 2. Remove any additional material
if adjustable, to make sure that from the seat, such as blankets,
the vehicle seatback is not cushions, seat covers, seat
pushing the child restraint into heaters, seat massagers, a
the seat cushion. Also make laptop, or other electronic
sure the child restraint is not devices.
trapped under the vehicle head 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint. If this happens, adjust upright position.
the head restraint. See Head
Restraints on page 3‑2. 4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
6. Restart the vehicle. If a person of adult size is sitting in cushion, with legs comfortably
The passenger sensing system may the front outboard passenger seat, extended.
or may not turn off the airbag(s) for but the off indicator is lit, it could be 5. Restart the vehicle and have the
a child in a child restraint depending because that person is not sitting person remain in this position for
upon the child's seating posture and properly in the seat. Use the one minute after the on indicator
body build. It is better to secure the following steps to allow the system is lit.
child restraint in a rear seat.
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the

System Operation performance of the passenger { WARNING
sensing system. Here is how:
Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the
passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system passenger seat or between the
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger passenger seat cushion and
braking, which helps the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into seatback may interfere with the
sensing system maintain the the seat. If this happens, the off proper operation of the passenger
passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the sensing system.
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” airbag readiness light on the
in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit.
information about the importance of . Liquid pooled on the seat that Servicing the
proper restraint use. has not soaked in may make it Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
A thick layer of additional material, more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the Airbags affect how the vehicle
such as a blanket or cushion, should be serviced. There are parts
or aftermarket equipment such as passenger airbag while a child
restraint or child occupant is on of the airbag system in several
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat places around the vehicle. Your
massagers can affect how well the the seat. If the passenger airbag
is turned on, the on indicator will dealer and the service manual have
passenger sensing system information about servicing the
operates. We recommend that you be lit.
vehicle and the airbag system. To
not use seat covers or other If the passenger seat gets wet, dry purchase a service manual, see
aftermarket equipment except when the seat immediately. If the airbag Service Publications Ordering
approved by GM for your specific readiness light is lit, do not install a Information on page 13‑11.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to child restraint or allow anyone to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on occupy the seat. See Airbag
page 3‑29 for more information Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for
about modifications that can affect important safety information.
how the system operates.
diagnostic module, steering wheel, deployment of the passenger

{ WARNING instrument panel, roof-rail airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
modules, ceiling headliner or pillar sensing system from properly
For up to 10 seconds after the garnish trim, front sensors, side turning off the passenger airbag(s).
vehicle is turned off and the impact sensors, or airbag wiring. See Passenger Sensing System on
battery is disconnected, an airbag page 3‑24.
can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual
service. You can be injured if you have information about the location If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing and airbags, see Different Size Tires
diagnostic module, and airbag and Wheels on page 10‑56 for
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
wiring. additional important information.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a If you have to modify your vehicle
proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the because you have a disability and
make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position, you have questions about whether
work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are part the modifications will affect the
of the passenger seat. The vehicle's airbag system, or if you
passenger sensing system may not have questions about whether the
Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat airbag system will be affected if the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM vehicle is modified for any other
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with reason, call Customer Assistance.
Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim See Customer Assistance Offices
vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any on page 13‑3.
height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat
metal, may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
from working properly. The or device, installed under or on top
operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also
also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the
moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. This
safety belts, the airbag sensing and could either prevent proper
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash your dealer for service.
regularly scheduled maintenance or
If the airbag readiness light stays on
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes
Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
page 5‑11. systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Notice: If an airbag covering is Airbag Readiness Light on
damaged, opened, or broken, the not work properly and may not
page 5‑11.
airbag may not work properly. Do protect you and your
not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. To
opened or broken airbag covers, help make sure the airbag
have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly
airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them
location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary
Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon as
page 3‑19. See your dealer for possible.
service.

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
page 3‑11. If the shoulder belt
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑11.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

children and infants are safer when WARNING (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint belt. The belt force would then be
system secured in a rear seating applied right on the abdomen.
position. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
In a crash, children who are not go over the shoulder and across
buckled up can strike other people the chest.
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never allow a child to wear the
Never allow more than one child
safety belt with the shoulder belt
to wear the same safety belt. The
behind their back. A child can be
safety belt cannot properly spread
seriously injured by not wearing
the impact forces. In a crash, they
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
can be crushed together and
crash, the child would not be
seriously injured. A safety belt
restrained by the shoulder belt.
must be used by only one person
The child could move too far
at a time.
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's arms. An infant should be
protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag secured in an appropriate
all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every restraint.
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child
Children can be seriously injured while riding in a vehicle. Due to
or strangled if a shoulder belt is crash forces, an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and will become so heavy it is not
the safety belt continues to possible to hold it during a crash.
tighten. Never leave children For example, in a crash at only
unattended in a vehicle and never 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
allow children to play with the infant will suddenly become a
safety belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
(Continued)
sure it is designed to be used in

{ WARNING a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
Children who are up against, that it meets federal motor
or very close to, any airbag when vehicle safety standards.
it inflates can be seriously injured
The restraint manufacturer
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
instructions that come with the
child restraint in the right front
restraint state the weight and
seat. Secure a rear-facing child height limitations for a particular
restraint in a rear seat. It is also child restraint. In addition, there
better to secure a forward-facing are many kinds of restraints
child restraint in a rear seat. If you available for children with
must secure a forward-facing Q: What are the different types of special needs.
child restraint in the right front add-on child restraints?
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
A: Add-on child restraints, which { WARNING
are purchased by the vehicle
will go. To reduce the risk of neck and
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular head injury during a crash, infants
restraint should take into need complete support. In a
consideration not only the child's crash, if an infant is in a
weight, height, and age but also rear-facing child restraint, the
whether or not the restraint will crash forces can be distributed
be compatible with the motor across the strongest part of an
vehicle in which it will be used. infant's body, the back and
For most basic types of child shoulders. Infants should always
restraints, there are many be secured in rear-facing child
different models available. When restraints.
purchasing a child restraint, be
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
{ WARNING When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure
vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas, Certified Child
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Passenger Safety Technicians
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by (CPSTs) are available to inspect
the LATCH system. See Lower and demonstrate how to correctly
Anchors and Tethers for Children use and install child restraints. In
(LATCH System) on page 3‑38. the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat We recommend that children and
inspection station. For CPST child restraints be secured in a rear WARNING (Continued)
availability in Canada, check with seat, including: an infant or a child
Transport Canada or the Provincial riding in a rear-facing child restraint; passenger airbag inflates and the
Ministry of Transportation office. a child riding in a forward-facing passenger seat is in a forward
child seat; an older child riding in a position.
Securing the Child within the booster seat; and children, who are Even if the passenger sensing
Child Restraint large enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right
Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no
{ WARNING the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can
the rear-facing child is so great if the guarantee that an airbag will not
A child can be seriously injured or
airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual
killed in a crash if the child is not
circumstance, even though it is
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child { WARNING turned off.
properly following the instructions Secure rear-facing child restraints
A child in a rear-facing child
that came with that child restraint. in a rear seat, even if the airbag
restraint can be seriously injured
is off. If you secure a
or killed if the right front
forward-facing child restraint in
Where to Put the passenger airbag inflates. This is
the right front seat, always move
Restraint because the back of the
the front passenger seat as far
rear-facing child restraint would
According to accident statistics, back as it will go. It is better to
be very close to the inflating
children and infants are safer when secure the child restraint in a
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
properly restrained in a child rear seat.
child restraint can be seriously
restraint system or infant restraint injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System
system secured in a rear seating on page 3‑24 for additional
position. (Continued)
information.
When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured a top tether, you must also use
rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a either the lower anchors or the
instructions that came with the child collision or sudden stop and injure safety belts to properly secure the
restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint. A child restraint must
compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in never be installed using only the top
Child restraints and booster seats the vehicle — even when no child is tether anchor.
vary considerably in size, and some in it. In order to use the LATCH system in
may fit in certain seating positions the vehicle, you need a child
better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and restraint that has LATCH
sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children attachments. The child restraint
secured. (LATCH System) manufacturer will provide you with
Depending on where you place the instructions on how to use the child
The LATCH system secures a child restraint and its attachments. The
child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
child restraint, you may not be able following explains how to attach a
LATCH attachments on the child child restraint with these
to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child
assemblies or LATCH anchors for attachments in the vehicle.
restraint to the anchors in the
additional passengers or child vehicle. This system is designed to Not all vehicle seating positions or
restraints. Adjacent seating make installation of a child restraint child restraints have lower anchors
positions should not be used if the easier. and attachments or top tether
child restraint prevents access to or anchors and attachments.
interferes with the routing of the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
safety belt. child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
Wherever a child restraint is vehicle's safety belts to secure the
installed, be sure to secure the child restraint, following the instructions
restraint properly. that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for the child
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether

Anchor Locations
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each rear anchor position
has a label, near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
The top tether anchors are under

the covers, behind the rear seat, on
Rear Seat the filler panel. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating vehicle as the seating position
positions with top tether anchors. where the child restraint will be
H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether placed.
positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint in a
symbol is on the cover. position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.

children and infants are safer when { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock,
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the
position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed.
Restraint on page 3‑37 for restraint to a single anchor could
additional information. cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH
to come loose or even break attachments rub against the
Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may
Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary,
System risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to
during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH
{ WARNING child restraint per anchor. attachments.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is Do not fold the empty rear seat
not attached to anchors, the child with a safety belt buckled. This
restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
the child correctly. In a crash, the
Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position,
child could be seriously injured or
or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat.
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
wrapped around their neck and If you need to secure more than one
restraint properly using the
the safety belt continues to child restraint in the rear seat, see
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
tighten. Buckle any unused safety Where to Put the Restraint on
belts to secure the restraint,
belts behind the child restraint so page 3‑37 for additional information.
following the instructions that
children cannot reach them. Pull
came with the child restraint and
the shoulder belt all the way out
the instructions in this manual.
(Continued)
This system is designed to make 1.2. Put the child restraint on 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
installation of child restraints easier. the seat. the top tether according to
When using lower anchors, do not For outboard rear seating the child restraint
use the vehicle's safety belts. positions, if the head instructions and the
Instead use the vehicle's anchors restraint interferes with the following instructions:
and child restraint attachments to proper installation of the
secure the restraints. Some child restraint, the head
restraints also use another vehicle restraint may be removed.
anchor to secure a top tether. See “Head Restraint
1. Attach and tighten the lower Removal and
attachments to the lower Reinstallation” at the end of
anchors. If the child restraint this section.
does not have lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments or the desired attachments on the child
seating position does not have restraint to the lower
lower anchors, secure the child If you are using a single
anchors. tether in a rear outboard
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to the 2. If the child restraint manufacturer seating position with an
child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether adjustable head restraint,
instructions and the instructions be attached, attach and tighten raise the head restraint and
in this manual. the top tether to the top tether route the tether under the
anchor. Refer to the child head restraint and in
1.1. Find the lower anchors for restraint instructions and the between the head restraint
the desired rear outboard following steps: posts.
seating position.
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
Open the cover to expose
the anchor.
If you are using a single 3. Before placing a child in the

tether in the center seating child restraint, make sure it is
position, or the rear securely held in place. To check,
outboard head restraint has grasp the child restraint at the
been removed, route the LATCH path and attempt to
single tether over the move it side to side and back
seatback. and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
If you are using a dual installation.
tether in a rear outboard
Head Restraint Removal and
seating position with an
adjustable head restraint, Reinstallation
raise the head restraint and The rear outboard head restraints
route the tether under the can be removed if they interfere with
head restraint and around the proper installation of the child
the head restraint posts. restraint.
If you are using a dual To remove the head restraint:
tether in the center seating
position, or the rear 1. Partially fold the seatback
outboard head restraint has forward. See Rear Seats on
been removed, route the page 3‑6 for additional
dual tether over the information.
seatback.
4. When the child restraint is To reinstall the head restraint:

removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
2. Press both buttons on the head drive until the head restraints for
restraint posts at the same time, all occupants are installed and
and pull up on the head adjusted properly. 1. Insert the head restraint posts
restraint. into the holes in the top of the
3. Store the head restraint in the seatback. The notches on the
trunk of the vehicle. posts must face the driver side
of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints on
page 3‑2.
3. Try to move the head restraint to If the vehicle has the LATCH system A label on the sun visor says,
make sure that it is locked in and it was being used during a “Never put a rear-facing child seat in
place. crash, new LATCH system parts the front.” This is because the risk to
may be needed. the rear-facing child is so great,
Replacing LATCH System New parts and repairs may be if the airbag deploys.
Parts After a Crash necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the { WARNING
{ WARNING time of the crash.
A child in a rear-facing child
Securing Child Restraints restraint can be seriously injured
A crash can damage the LATCH
or killed if the right front
system in the vehicle. A damaged (Front Passenger Seat) passenger airbag inflates. This is
LATCH system may not properly
This vehicle has airbags. A rear because the back of the
secure the child restraint,
seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would
resulting in serious injury or even
forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating
death in a crash. To help make
Where to Put the Restraint on airbag. A child in a forward-facing
sure the LATCH system is
page 3‑37. child restraint can be seriously
working properly after a crash,
In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the right front
see your dealer to have the
passenger sensing system which is passenger airbag inflates and the
system inspected and any
designed to turn off the right front passenger seat is in a forward
necessary replacements made as
passenger frontal airbag and position.
soon as possible.
passenger knee airbag under (Continued)
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑24 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑12 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder
WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in
Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions
Even if the passenger sensing System) on page 3‑38 for how and that came with the child restraint.
system has turned off the right where to install the child restraint
front passenger frontal airbag, no 1. Move the seat as far back as it
using LATCH. If a child restraint is will go before securing the
system is fail-safe. No one can secured using a safety belt and it
guarantee that an airbag will not forward-facing child restraint.
uses a top tether, see Lower
deploy under some unusual Anchors and Tethers for Children When the passenger sensing
circumstance, even though it is (LATCH System) on page 3‑38 for system has turned off the right
turned off. top tether anchor locations. front passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag, the
Secure rear-facing child restraints Do not secure a child seat in a off indicator on the passenger
in a rear seat, even if the airbag position without a top tether anchor airbag status indicator should
is off. If you secure a if a national or local law requires light and stay lit when you start
forward-facing child restraint in that the top tether be anchored, or if the vehicle. See Passenger
the right front seat, always move the instructions that come with the Airbag Status Indicator on
the front passenger seat as far child restraint say that the top strap page 5‑12.
back as it will go. It is better to must be anchored.
2. Put the child restraint on
secure the child restraint in a In Canada, the law requires that the seat.
rear seat. forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
See Passenger Sensing System the lap and shoulder portions of
attached.
on page 3‑24 for additional the vehicle's safety belt through
information. or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
if necessary. into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraints have
securely held in place. To check,
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
grasp the child restraint at the When securing a child restraint in a attached.
safety belt path and attempt to rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have
move it side‐to‐side and back‐ instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be
and‐forth. When the child restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the
restraint is properly installed, compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be
there should be no more than sure to follow the instructions that
If the child restraint has the LATCH
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. came with the child restraint. Secure
system, see Lower Anchors and
If the airbags are off, the off Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when
indicator in the passenger airbag System) on page 3‑38 for how and and as the instructions say.
status indicator will come on and where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint
stay on when the vehicle is started. using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear
If a child restraint has been installed secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑37.
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing the seat.
System on page 3‑24 for more page 3‑38 for top tether anchor
information. locations. If the head restraint interferes
Do not secure a child seat in a with the proper installation of the
To remove the child restraint, child restraint, the head restraint
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires may be removed. See “Head
let it return to the stowed position. Restraint Removal and
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the Reinstallation” under Lower
child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for
must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑38.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
3. Push the latch plate into the may be helpful to use your knee
buckle until it clicks. If the latch to push down on the child
plate will not go fully into the restraint as you tighten the belt.
buckle, check if the correct Try to pull the belt out of the
buckle is being used. retractor to make sure the
Position the release button on retractor is locked. If the
the buckle so that the safety belt retractor is not locked, repeat
could be quickly unbuckled if Steps 4 and 5.
necessary.
6. If the child restraint has a top To remove the child restraint,

tether, follow the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
manufacturer's instructions let it return to the stowed position.
regarding the use of the top If the top tether is attached to a top
tether. See Lower Anchors and tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
Tethers for Children (LATCH head restraint was removed,
System) on page 3‑38. reinstall it before the seating
7. Before placing a child in the position is used. See “Head
child restraint, make sure it is Restraint Removal and
securely held in place. To check, Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
grasp the child restraint at the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
safety belt path and attempt to System) on page 3‑38.
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Cupholders are in the center
console.
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cupholders may be located in the

second row seat armrest. To
There may be a storage
access, pull the armrest down.
compartment on the instrument
panel. Pull the handle to open.
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

The center console storage has a Features
storage area under the armrest. Pull
up on the latch on the front of the
armrest to access.
Cargo Tie-Downs
Pull up on the latch and slide the On the driver side in the rear
center console armrest to adjust the compartment is a retainer to hang
position. Return the armrest to the light items on.
rear position to access the
storage area.
There may be an auxiliary jack
outlet and a USB port located in the
center console.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11

Passenger Airbag Status
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Malfunction Vehicle Messages

Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Controls Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-27
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-27
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Power Steering Warning Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine Cooling System
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-28
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-29
Indicators Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-19 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-19 Object Detection System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Reduced Engine Power Ride Control System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-21 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-31
Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Starting the Vehicle
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Controls 3. Pull or push the steering wheel

Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32 closer or away from you.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Steering Wheel 4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Adjustment
Vehicle Personalization Do not adjust the steering wheel
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-32 while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles + x − (Volume): Press + to

with a Bluetooth, OnStar, increase the volume. Press − to
or navigation system, press to decrease the volume.
interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑18 Horn
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice Press a on the steering wheel pad
Recognition) on page 7‑23, OnStar to sound the horn. INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
Overview on page 14‑1, or the the lever up to INT for intermittent
infotainment manual. Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes, then turn the 3 INT band
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to up for more frequent wipes or down
silence the vehicle speakers only. for less frequent wipes.
Press again to turn the sound on. OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
an incoming call, or end a move the wiper lever down. For
current call. several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
_ SRC ^ (Source/Favorite): Press The windshield wiper/washer lever
to select a source or turn to change is on the right side of the steering n L (Windshield Washer): Pull
favorite stations. column. With the ignition in ACC/ the windshield wiper lever toward
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move you to spray windshield washer fluid
Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD, the windshield wiper lever to select and activate the wipers. The wipers
or MP3 track. the wiper speed. will continue until the lever is
released or the maximum wash time
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or HI: Use for fast wipes. is reached. When the windshield
previous saved favorite radio LO: Use for slow wipes. wiper lever is released, additional
stations. wipes may occur depending on how
long the windshield washer had
been activated. See Washer Fluid If the windshield wiper lever is then needing a signal from the GPS
on page 10‑20 for information on moved to off before the driver door satellites. When the compass
filling the windshield washer fluid is opened or within 10 minutes, the display shows CAL, drive the
reservoir. wipers will restart and move to the vehicle for a short distance in an
base of the windshield. open area where it can receive a
{ WARNING If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when
OFF while the wipers are performing
In freezing weather, do not use wipes due to windshield washing, the GPS signal is restored and
the washer until the windshield is the wipers continue to run until they provide a heading again. See
warmed. Otherwise the washer reach the base of the windshield. Compass Messages on page 5‑27
fluid can form ice on the for more information on the
windshield, blocking your vision. messages that may be displayed for
Compass the compass.
The vehicle may have a compass
Clear snow and ice from the wiper display in the Driver Information Clock
blades and windshield before using Center (DIC). The compass receives
them. If frozen to the windshield, its heading and other information The infotainment system controls
carefully loosen or thaw them. from the Global Positioning are used to access the time and
Damaged blades should be System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, date settings through the menu
replaced. See Wiper Blade and vehicle speed information. system. See Operation on page 7‑4
Replacement on page 10‑26. for information about how to use the
Avoid covering the GPS antenna, menu system. For vehicles with a
Heavy snow or ice can overload the located on the roof, for long periods connective radio or navigation
wiper motor. of time with objects that may system, see the infotainment
Wipe Parking interfere with the antenna's ability to manual.
receive a satellite signal. The
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ compass system is designed to
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, operate for a certain number of
or INT, they will immediately stop. miles or degrees of turn before
Setting the Time and Date To set the time and date for the To set the 12/24 hour format for the
radio with navigation: radio without navigation:
To set the time and date for the
radio with CD: 1. Press CLOCK. 1. Press CLOCK.
1. Press CLOCK. 2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted number. select the 12 hour or 24 hour
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to display format.
adjust the highlighted number.
select the next number. 4. To save the settings, press OK
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
5. To save the settings, press the screen button.
select the next number.
BACK on the radio faceplate. To set the 12/24 hour format for the
5. To save the settings, press the
radio with navigation:
MENU/SEL button. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
1. Press CLOCK.
To set the time and date for the To set the 12/24 hour format for the
radio without navigation: radio with CD: 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
1. Press CLOCK. 1. Press CLOCK. 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. display format.
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 4. To save the settings, press the
adjust the highlighted number. select the 12 hour or 24 hour BACK on the radio faceplate.
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to display format.
select the next number. 4. To save the settings, press the
5. To save the settings, press OK MENU/SEL button.
screen button.
Power Outlets Certain electrical accessories may Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
not be compatible with the in while it is heating does not let
The accessory power outlets can be accessory power outlet and could the lighter back away from the
used to plug in electrical equipment, overload vehicle or adapter fuses. heating element when it is hot.
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. If a problem is experienced, see Damage from overheating can
There is one accessory power outlet your dealer. occur to the lighter or heating
located on the center floor console When adding electrical equipment, element, or a fuse could be
and one on the rear of the center be sure to follow the installation blown. Do not hold a cigarette
floor console. These outlets are instructions included with the lighter in while it is heating.
powered when the key is in ON/ equipment. See Add-On Electrical
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until Equipment on page 9‑56. Ashtrays
the driver door is opened within
Notice: Hanging heavy For vehicles with a removable
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
equipment from the power outlet ashtray, the ashtray can be placed
can cause damage not covered into the front console cupholders.
by the vehicle warranty. The To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the
Open the cover to access. power outlets are designed for ashtray. After using, close the lid.
Notice: Leaving electrical accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords. To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
equipment plugged in for an
slightly turn the upper part of the
extended period of time while the
ashtray counterclockwise and
vehicle is off will drain the Cigarette Lighter remove it.
battery. Always unplug electrical
For vehicles with a cigarette lighter, Notice: If papers, pins, or other
equipment when not in use and
it is on the center floor console near flammable items are put in the
do not plug in equipment that
the shift lever. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating. To activate the cigarette lighter, smoking materials could ignite
push it into the heating element and them and possibly damage the
let go. When the lighter is ready it vehicle. Never put flammable
will pop back out. items in the ashtray.
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice.
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous.
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Instrument Cluster
English Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since
per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset.
hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Odometer Center (DIC). See Driver
The odometer shows how far the Information Center (DIC) on
vehicle has been driven, in either page 5‑22.
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant
Tachometer
odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the engine
read 999,999 if it is turned back. speed in revolutions per
If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). When the ignition is on, the fuel
installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated gauge indicates about how much
mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded fuel is left in the tank.
If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could An arrow on the fuel gauge
be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages indicates the side of the vehicle the
put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the fuel door is on.
old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate
odometer was installed. A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
the engine with the tachometer in
appear in the Driver Information
the shaded warning area.
Center (DIC) and a single chime
sounds. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5‑29 for more
information.
Here are four things that some Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder
. At the service station, the fuel Light
pump shuts off before the gauge There is a driver safety belt
reads full. reminder light on the instrument
. It takes a little more or less fuel cluster.
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while When the vehicle is started, this
turning a corner or speeding up. This gauge shows the engine light flashes and a chime may come
coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten
. The gauge takes a few seconds their safety belt. Then the light stays
to stabilize after the ignition is If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled.
turned on, and will go back to hot side of the gauge toward the H This cycle may continue several
empty when the ignition is or shaded area, the engine is times if the driver remains or
turned off. too hot. becomes unbuckled while the
If the vehicle has been operated vehicle is moving.
under normal driving conditions, pull If the driver safety belt is buckled,
off the road, stop the vehicle, and neither the chime nor the light
turn off the engine as soon as comes on.
possible.
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on for several seconds when the
if an object is put on the seat such vehicle is started. If the light does
There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery not come on then, have it fixed
reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic immediately.
airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑24.
and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
{ WARNING
safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate
When the vehicle is started, this
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid
light flashes and a chime may come
the airbag modules, the wiring, and injury, have the vehicle serviced
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays the crash sensing and diagnostic right away.
on solid until the belt is buckled. module. For more information on the
This cycle continues several times if airbag system, see Airbag System If there is a problem with the airbag
the passenger remains or becomes on page 3‑17. system, a Driver Information Center
unbuckled while the vehicle is (DIC) message may also come on.
moving. See Airbag System Messages on
If the passenger safety belt is page 5‑30.
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Passenger Airbag Status as a system check. If you use problem with the lights or the
remote start, if equipped, to start the passenger sensing system. See
Indicator vehicle, you may not see the system your dealer for service.
The vehicle has a passenger check. Then, after several seconds,
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑24 for
the status indicator will light either
ON or OFF, or the on or off symbol
{ WARNING
important safety information. The to let you know the status of the If the airbag readiness light ever
instrument panel has a passenger front outboard passenger frontal comes on and stays on, it means
airbag status indicator. airbag and knee airbag. that something may be wrong
If the word ON or the on symbol is with the airbag system. To help
lit on the passenger airbag status avoid injury to yourself or others,
indicator, it means that the front have the vehicle serviced right
outboard passenger frontal airbag away. See Airbag Readiness
and knee airbag are allowed to Light on page 5‑11 for more
inflate. information, including important
United States If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information.
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag.
Canada If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
When the vehicle is started, the are no lights at all, there may be a
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
Charging System Light Malfunction If the malfunction indicator lamp

comes on while the engine is
Indicator Lamp running, this indicates that the OBD
A computer system called OBD II II system has detected a problem
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second and diagnosis and service might be
Generation) monitors the operation required.
of the vehicle to ensure emissions Malfunctions often are indicated by
are at acceptable levels, helping to the system before any problem is
maintain a clean environment. apparent. Being aware of the light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned The malfunction indicator lamp can prevent more serious damage
on, but the engine is not running, as comes on when the vehicle is to the vehicle. This system also
a check to show the light is working. placed in ON/RUN for key access or assists the dealer technician in
The light turns off when the engine Service Only Mode for keyless correctly diagnosing any
is started. If it does not, have the access, as a check to show it is malfunction.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. working. If it does not, have the Notice: If the vehicle is
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See continually driven with this light
If the light stays on, or comes on Ignition Positions (Key Access) on
while driving, there could be a on, the emission controls might
page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions not work as well, the vehicle fuel
problem with the electrical charging (Keyless Access) on page 9‑17 for
system. Have it checked by your economy might not be as good,
more information. and the engine might not run as
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery. smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
If a short distance must be driven covered by the vehicle warranty.
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to The following may correct an
engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle: emissions control system
intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed. malfunction:
vehicle or the replacement of the . Check that the fuel cap is fully
original tires with other than . Avoid hard accelerations.
installed. See Filling the Tank on
those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. page 9‑48. The diagnostic
Performance Criteria (TPC) can system can determine if the fuel
affect the vehicle's emission
. If the vehicle is towing a trailer,
reduce the amount of cargo cap has been left off or
controls and can cause this light improperly installed. A loose or
to come on. Modifications to being hauled as soon as it is
possible. missing fuel cap allows fuel to
these systems could lead to evaporate into the atmosphere.
costly repairs not covered by the If the light continues to flash, find a A few driving trips with the cap
vehicle warranty. This could also safe place to stop and park the properly installed should turn the
result in a failure to pass a vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at light off.
required Emission Inspection/ least 10 seconds, and restart the
Maintenance test. See engine. If the light is still flashing,
. Check that good quality fuel is
Accessories and Modifications on follow the previous steps and see used. Poor fuel quality causes
page 10‑3. your dealer for service as soon as the engine not to run as
possible. efficiently as designed and may
This light comes on during a cause stalling after start-up,
malfunction in one of two ways: Light On Steady: An emission stalling when the vehicle is
Light Flashing: A misfire condition control system malfunction has changed into gear, misfiring,
has been detected. A misfire been detected on the vehicle. hesitation on acceleration,
increases vehicle emissions and Diagnosis and service might be or stumbling on acceleration.
could damage the emission control required. These conditions might go away
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis once the engine is warmed up.
and service might be required.
If one or more of these conditions

. The OBD II (On-Board
occurs, change the fuel brand used. Diagnostics) system determines
It may require at least one full tank that critical emission control
of the proper fuel to turn the light off. systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
See Recommended Fuel on vehicle would be considered not
page 9‑46. ready for inspection. This can
If none of the above have made the The DLC is under the instrument happen if the 12-volt battery has
light turn off, your dealer can check panel next to the steering wheel. recently been replaced or run
the vehicle. The dealer has the See your dealer if assistance is down. The diagnostic system is
proper test equipment and needed. designed to evaluate critical
diagnostic tools to fix any The vehicle may not pass emission control systems during
mechanical or electrical problems inspection if: normal driving. This can take
that might have developed. several days of routine driving.
. The malfunction indicator lamp is If this has been done and the
Emissions Inspection and on while the vehicle is running. vehicle still does not pass the
Maintenance Programs The vehicle is in ON/RUN for inspection for lack of OBD II
keyed access, or service only system readiness, your dealer
Depending on where you live, your mode for keyless access and the
vehicle may be required to can prepare the vehicle for
malfunction indicator lamp does inspection.
participate in an emission control not come on. See your dealer for
system inspection and maintenance assistance in verifying proper
program. For the inspection, the operation of the malfunction
emission system test equipment will indicator lamp.
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).
Brake System Warning Antilock Brake System

Light
{ WARNING (ABS) Warning Light
The vehicle brake system consists The brake system might not be
of two hydraulic circuits. If one working properly if the brake
circuit is not working, the remaining system warning light is on.
circuit can still work to stop the Driving with the brake system
vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a
performance, both circuits need to crash. If the light is still on after
be working. the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped, The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
If the warning light comes on, there
have the vehicle towed for light comes on briefly when the
is a brake problem. Have the brake
service. engine is started.
system inspected right away.
If the light does not come on, have it
If the light comes on while driving, a fixed so it will be ready to warn if
chime sounds. Pull off the road and there is a problem.
stop. The pedal might be harder to If the ABS light comes on and stays
push or go closer to the floor. on while driving, stop as soon as
It might also take longer to stop. possible and turn the ignition off.
Metric English If the light is still on, have the Start the engine again to reset the
vehicle towed for service. See system. If the light stays on after
The brake indicator light should Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑80. driving at a speed above 20 km/h
come on briefly as the engine is
(13 mph), see your dealer for
started. If it does not come on have
service. A chime may also sound
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
when the light comes on steady.
If the regular brake system warning See Manual Transmission on Traction Off Light
light is not on, the vehicle still has page 9‑30.
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning Power Steering Warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
Light
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑16.
This light comes on briefly while
See Brake System Messages on starting the engine. If it does not,
page 5‑27 for all brake‐related DIC have the vehicle serviced by your
messages. dealer. If the system is working
This light comes on briefly when the normally, the indicator light then
Up-Shift Light ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a turns off.
check to show it is working. The traction off light comes on when
If it does not come on have the the Traction Control System (TCS)
vehicle serviced by your dealer. has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
If this light stays on, or comes on button.
while driving, the system may not be
working. If this happens, see your This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
dealer for service. light come on when StabiliTrak is
For manual transmission vehicles,
turned off.
there is an up-shift light that comes
on in the lower DIC area. It shows If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
when to shift to the next higher gear limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
for best fuel economy.
See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS) feature(s) is no longer functioning
on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® and whether the vehicle requires
System on page 9‑35. System on page 9‑35. service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System and flashing, the TCS and/or the
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑35 and Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑34.
This light comes on briefly while

Tire Pressure Light
starting the engine. If it does not, The StabiliTrak or Traction Control
have the vehicle serviced by your System (TCS) indicator/warning
dealer. light comes on briefly when the
This light comes on when the engine is started.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the light does not come on, have
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Control System (TCS) is also off. If the system is working normally, For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the TCS is off, the system does the indicator light turns off. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
not assist in controlling the vehicle. If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine is
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak started. It provides information
systems and the warning light system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS.
turns off. message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle
the tires are significantly maintenance can damage the
underinflated. could be low on oil and might have
engine. Driving with the engine some other system problem. See
A Driver Information Center (DIC) oil low can also damage the your dealer.
tire pressure message may also engine. The repairs would not be
display. See Tire Messages on covered by the vehicle warranty. Low Fuel Warning Light
page 5‑31. Stop as soon as Check the oil level as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the possible. Add oil if required, but
pressure value shown on the Tire if the oil level is within the
and Loading Information label. See operating range and the oil
Tire Pressure on page 10‑47. pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow
When the Light Flashes First and the maintenance schedule for
Then Is On Steady changing engine oil.
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑49. This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
The oil pressure light should come
on as a check to indicate it is
on briefly as the engine is started.
working. If it does not come on,
If it does not come on, have the
have it fixed.
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
The low fuel warning light comes on If the light stays on and the engine The vehicle can be driven at a
and a chime sounds when the does not start, there could be a reduced speed when the reduced
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns problem with the theft-deterrent engine power light is on but
off when fuel is added to the system. See Immobilizer Operation acceleration and speed might be
fuel tank. on page 2‑15. reduced. The performance could be
For vehicles with a Driver reduced until the next time the
Information Center (DIC), see Driver Reduced Engine Power vehicle is driven. If this light stays
on, see your dealer as soon as
Information Center (DIC) on Light possible for diagnosis and repair.
page 5‑22 for more information.
Security Light High-Beam On Light
The reduced engine power light

should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
The immobilizer light should come on, have the vehicle serviced by The high‐beam on light comes on
on briefly as the engine is started. your dealer. when the high-beam headlamps are
If it does not come on, have the in use.
This light, along with the malfunction
vehicle serviced by your dealer. indicator lamp, displays when a See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
If the system is working normally, noticeable reduction in the vehicle's Changer on page 6‑2 for more
the indicator light turns off. performance occurs. Stop the information.
vehicle and turn off the ignition. Wait
10 seconds and restart the vehicle.
This might correct the condition.
Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light
For vehicles with front fog lamps, For vehicles with cruise control, the For vehicles equipped with this light,
this light comes on when the front cruise control light is white when the it comes on when a door is open or
fog lamps are in use. cruise control is on and ready, and not securely latched. Before driving,
The light goes out when the front turns green when the cruise control check that all doors are properly
fog lamps are turned off. See Front is set and active. closed. See Door Ajar Messages on
Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 for more The light turns off when the cruise page 5‑27 for more information.
information. control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑36.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the

exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.
Information Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Press MENU on the turn signal
Driver Information lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Center (DIC) Use w x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are
The DIC displays information about available on every vehicle. The
your vehicle. It also displays following is a list of all possible
warning messages if a system menu items:
problem is detected. See Vehicle 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
Messages on page 5‑26. All and hold to clear, the menu item . Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel
messages appear in the DIC display displayed. Economy, Average Vehicle
in the center of the instrument Speed
cluster.
2. w x (Thumbwheel): Use to
scroll through the items in
. Speed, Fuel Range,
DIC Operation and Displays each menu. Instantaneous Fuel Economy
3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/

. Fuel Used
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Timer
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. Information Menu. On some . Digital Speed
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicles, there is also an ECO
. Navigation
warning messages if a system Menu. This button is also used
problem is detected. to return to or exit the last . Blank Display
screen displayed on the DIC.
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel last reset. This display is shown as Also included on this page is an
Economy, Average Vehicle Speed c km/h (mph). Reset the average instantaneous fuel economy display.
This displays the current distance speed by pressing SET/CLR when it The instantaneous fuel economy
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or is displayed. display shows the current fuel
miles (mi), from the last reset for the economy in liters per 100 kilometers
Speed, Fuel Range, Instantaneous (L/100 km) or miles per
trip odometer. The trip odometer can Fuel Economy
be reset to zero by pressing and gallon (mpg). This number reflects
holding the SET/CLR button while The top of this display includes a only the fuel economy that the
the trip odometer display is digital speedometer. The vehicle has right now and changes
showing. speedometer shows how fast the frequently as driving conditions
vehicle is moving in either change. This display is shown as .
The Average Fuel Economy display kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles L/100 km (mpg). This display cannot
shows the approximate average per hour (mph). The speedometer be reset.
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) cannot be reset.
or miles per gallon (mpg). This Fuel Used
number is based on the number of In the center of the page is the fuel
range display. This shows the This display shows the approximate
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
approximate distance the vehicle liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel that
last time this menu item was have been used since last reset.
reset. This display is shown as can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an The fuel used can be reset by
. c L/100 km (mpg). Reset the average of the vehicle's fuel pressing the SET/CLR button while
average consumption by pressing the Fuel Used display is showing.
SET/CLR when it is displayed. economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in Timer
This screen also displays the the fuel tank. This display is shown
average vehicle speed of the as l . km (mi). Fuel range cannot This display can be used as a timer.
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) be reset. To start the timer, press SET/CLR
or miles per hour (mph). This while Timer is displayed. The
average is based on the various display will show the amount of time
vehicle speeds recorded since the that has passed since the timer was
last reset, not including time the Blank Display will change the displays on the
ignition is off. Time will continue to This display shows no information. cluster and DIC to the type of
be counted as long as the ignition is measurements you select.
on, even if another display is being Vehicle Information Menu Tire Pressure
shown on the DIC. The timer will (OPTION) Items
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, The display may show a vehicle
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after Press MENU on the turn signal with the approximate pressures of
which the display will return to zero. lever until the OPTION menu is all four tires. Tire pressure is
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR displayed. Use w x to scroll displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
briefly while Timer is displayed. To through the menu items. Not all or in pounds per square inch (psi).
reset the timer to zero, press and items are available on every vehicle. On some models, this display only
hold SET/CLR. The following is a list of all possible allows for matching of the TPMS
menu items: sensors. In this case, the display
Digital Speed will show TIRE LEARN. See Tire
. Units
The speedometer shows how fast Pressure Monitor System on
the vehicle is moving in either . Tire Pressure page 10‑48 and Tire Pressure
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles . Remaining Oil Life Monitor Operation on page 10‑49.
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
. Battery Voltage Remaining Oil Life
Units This display shows an estimate of
Navigation the oil's remaining useful life.
This display is used for the OnStar Move w x to change between If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
or navigation system Turn-by-Turn Metric or US when the Unit display displayed, that means 99% of the
guidance. See OnStar Overview on is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm current oil life remains. This display
page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, the setting. On some models, you may be shown as : %.
if the vehicle has navigation, for will have to select 1, 2, or 3 for the
more information. Unit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is
US units, and 3 is metric units. This
When the remaining oil life is low, Battery Voltage ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display, available on some Items
message will appear on the display. vehicles, shows the current battery
See Engine Oil Messages on This menu is only available on some
voltage. If the voltage is in the vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
page 5‑28. The oil should be normal range, the value will display.
changed as soon as possible. See signal lever until the ECO menu is
For example, the display may read displayed. Use w x to scroll
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. In addition Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The
to the engine oil life system through the menu items. Not all
vehicle's charging system regulates
monitoring the oil life, additional items are available on every vehicle.
voltage based on the state of the
maintenance is recommended in the The following is a list of all possible
battery. The battery voltage can
Maintenance Schedule in this menu items:
fluctuate while viewing this
manual. See Maintenance Schedule information on the DIC. This is . Best Average Fuel Economy
on page 11‑2. normal. See Charging System Light . ECO Index
Remember, the Oil Life display must on page 5‑13. If there is a problem
be reset after each oil change. It will with the battery charging system, . Economy Trend
not reset itself. Also, be careful not the DIC will display a message. See Best Average Fuel Economy
to reset the Oil Life display Battery Voltage and Charging
accidentally at any time other than Messages on page 5‑27. The right hand side displays the
when the oil has just been changed. best average fuel economy (AFE)
It cannot be reset accurately until that is achieved for a selected
the next oil change. To reset the distance. The left hand side displays
engine oil life system press the a running average of fuel economy
SET/CLR button while the Oil Life for the most recently traveled
display is active. See Engine Oil selected distance. The center bar
Life System on page 10‑11. graph displays the instantaneous
fuel economy. Quickly press the
SET/CLR button to display a page
for selecting one of the distance
options. Move the up/down arrow to ECO box. Instantaneous Fuel Vehicle Messages
choose the selection, and SET/CLR Economy is also shown on right
to change the setting. hand side. This display cannot be Messages displayed on the DIC
reset. indicate the status of the vehicle or
When viewing best AFE, a several
some action that may be needed to
second press and hold of SET/CLR Economy Trend correct a condition. Multiple
will reset the best value. The best
This display shows history of the messages may display one after the
value will show “- - -“ until the
Average Fuel Economy from the last other.
selected distance has been
traveled. 50 km (30 miles). Each bar The messages that do not require
represents about 5 km (3 miles) of immediate action can be
The display provides feedback on driving. The fuel economy will range acknowledged and cleared by
how current driving behavior in the from 0 – 15 L/100 km (0 – 50 mpg). pressing SET/CLR. The messages
bar graph affects the running During driving the bars will shift to that require immediate action cannot
average in the left display and how always reflect the most recent be cleared until that action is
well recent driving compares to the distance on the right side. This performed. All messages should be
best that has been achieved. display cannot be reset. taken seriously and clearing the
ECO Index messages does not correct the
problem.
The bar graph on the left hand side
provides feedback on the efficiency The following are some of the
of current driving behavior. The vehicle messages that may be
graph shows a percentage value displayed depending on your
that is based on current fuel vehicle content.
consumption compared to what is
expected from the vehicle with good
and bad driving habits. Each box
represents 10%, with all boxes filled
being 100%. More economical
driving will result in being in the
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages

Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the CRUISE
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake If this message displays when
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑22. attempting to activate cruise control,
voltage is dropping beyond a apply the brake pedal and try again.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver CRUISE SET TO XXX
system starts reducing features of This message is displayed as a
the vehicle that may be noticed. At reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the
the point that features are disabled, on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the
this message displays. Turn off drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise
unnecessary accessories to allow Control on page 9‑36.
the battery to recharge. Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages
LOW BATTERY CAL
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the DOOR(S) OPEN
battery voltage is low. See Battery compass needs to be calibrated. A vehicle symbol will be displayed
on page 10‑24. See Compass on page 5‑4. on the DIC showing which door is
open along with this message.
SERVICE BATTERY –– Close the door completely.
CHARGING SYSTEM Two dashes will be displayed if the
This message is displayed when compass needs service. See your HOOD OPEN
there is a fault in the battery dealer for service. This message will display when the
charging system. Take the vehicle to hood is open. Close the hood
your dealer for service. completely.
TRUNK OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Messages

This message will display when the IDLE ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
trunk is open. Close the trunk This message displays when the
completely. engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
Engine Cooling System idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
Messages ENGINE OVERHEATED — See Engine Oil Life System on
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH STOP ENGINE page 10‑11 and Driver Information
ENGINE TEMP This message displays and a Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for
continuous chime sounds if the information on how to reset the
This message displays when the system. See Engine Oil on
engine coolant becomes hotter than engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation. page 10‑9 and Maintenance
the normal operating temperature. Schedule on page 11‑2 for more
To avoid added strain on a hot Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid information.
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off. severe damage. This message OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
When the coolant temperature clears when the engine has cooled ENGINE
returns to normal, the air to a safe operating temperature.
This message displays if low oil
conditioning compressor turns back HIGH COOLANT pressure levels occur. Stop the
on. You can continue to drive the TEMPERATURE vehicle as soon as safely possible
vehicle. and do not operate it until the cause
This message displays if the coolant
If this message continues to appear, temperature is hot. See Engine of the low oil pressure has been
have the system repaired by your Overheating on page 10‑19. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
dealer as soon as possible to avoid possible and have the vehicle
damage to the engine. serviced by your dealer.
Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP Lamp Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the AUTOMATIC LIGHT
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
This message displays when the fuel cap.
CONTROL ON
vehicle's engine power is reduced. This message is displayed when the
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages automatic light control has been
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
If this message is on, but there is no NO REMOTE DETECTED System on page 6‑3.
reduction in performance, proceed This message displays when the
to your destination. The AUTOMATIC LIGHT
transmitter battery is weak on CONTROL OFF
performance may be reduced the vehicles with keyless access. See
next time the vehicle is driven. The “Starting the Vehicle with a Low This message is displayed when the
vehicle may be driven at a reduced Transmitter Battery” under Remote automatic light control has been
speed while this message is on, but Keyless Entry (RKE) System turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
maximum acceleration and speed Operation on page 2‑3. System on page 6‑3.
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN XXX TURN INDICATOR
should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY FAILURE
service as soon as possible.
This message displays when the When one of the turn signals is out,
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry this message displays to show
Fuel System Messages (RKE) transmitter needs to be which bulb needs to be replaced.
FUEL LEVEL LOW replaced. See “Battery See Bulb Replacement on
Replacement” under Remote page 10‑27 and Replacement Bulbs
This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 10‑32 for more information
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Operation on page 2‑3. on turn signal bulb replacement.
soon as possible.
TURN SIGNAL ON SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System

This message is displayed if the SYSTEM Messages
turn signal has been left on. Turn off If this message appears, the system
the turn signal. needs service. Take the vehicle to SERVICE TRACTION
your dealer. CONTROL
Object Detection System This message displays when there
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
Messages is a problem with the Traction
This message indicates that the Control System (TCS). See Traction
PARK ASSIST OFF driver has turned the system off. Control System (TCS) on
This message displays when the page 9‑34.
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
park assist system has been turned UNAVAILABLE SERVICE STABILITRAK
off or when there is a temporary
condition causing the system to be This message indicates that the This message displays if there is a
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking SBZA system is disabled because problem with the StabiliTrak system.
Assist on page 9‑39. the sensor is blocked and cannot See StabiliTrak® System on
detect vehicles in the blind zone. page 9‑35.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST The sensor may be blocked by mud,
This message displays if there is a dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This Airbag System Messages
problem with the Ultrasonic Rear message may also activate during
Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do heavy rain or due to road spray. The SERVICE AIRBAG
not use this system to help you vehicle does not need service. For This message displays if there is a
park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist cleaning, see Exterior Care on problem with the airbag system.
on page 9‑39. page 10‑83. Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
Security Messages SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Tire Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
problem with the vehicle. Take the
This message displays if the vehicle vehicle to your dealer for service.
SYSTEM
detects a tamper condition. This message displays if there is a
Starting the Vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
Service Vehicle Messages Messages Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE AC SYSTEM TURN STEERING WHEEL page 10‑49 for more information.
This message displays if there is a START VEHICLE AGAIN TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
problem with the air conditioning
This message displays when you try This message displays when the
system. Take the vehicle to your
to start the vehicle, but the column system is learning new tires. See
dealer for service.
remains locked. Try turning the Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE POWER STEERING steering wheel while starting the page 10‑49 for more information.
vehicle to unlock the steering
This message displays if there is a column. If the vehicle still does not TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
problem with the power steering
start, turn the steering wheel the AIR TO TIRE
system. Take the vehicle to your other way, and try starting the
dealer for service. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
vehicle again.
Monitor System (TPMS), this
SERVICE STEERING message displays when the
COLUMN LOCK pressure in one or more of the
This message displays if there is a vehicle's tires is low.
problem with the steering column There is also an icon with the
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer warning that will indicate the
for service. location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Vehicle
will also come on. See Tire ENGINE
Pressure Light on page 5‑18. Personalization
This message displays and a chime
If a tire pressure message appears sounds if the transmission fluid in The audio system controls are used
on the DIC, stop as soon as you the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the to access the personalization
can. Inflate the tires by adding air transmission fluid temperature high menus for customizing vehicle
until the tire pressure is equal to the can cause damage to the vehicle. features.
values shown on the Tire and Stop the vehicle and let it idle to CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
Loading Information label. See Tires allow the transmission to cool. This access the Configuration
on page 10‑38, Vehicle Load Limits message clears when the fluid Settings menu.
on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on temperature reaches a safe level.
page 10‑47. MENU/SEL: Press the center of
Vehicle Reminder this knob to enter the menus and
You can receive more than one tire
select menu items. Turn the knob to
pressure message at a time. To Messages scroll through the menus.
read the other messages that may
have been sent at the same time, ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE BACK: Press to exit or move
press the SET/CLR button. The DIC WITH CARE backward in a menu.
also shows the tire pressure values.
This message displays when ice Entering the Personalization
conditions are possible. Menus
on page 5‑22.
STEERING COLUMN IS 1. Press CONFIG to access the
Transmission Messages LOCKED Configuration Settings menu.
This message displays when the 2. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to

SERVICE TRANSMISSION highlight Vehicle Settings. Press
steering column is locked.
This message displays if there is a the CONFIG button until Vehicle
problem with the transmission. See is highlighted on vehicles with a
your dealer. navigation system only.
3. Press the center of the MENU/ Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor
SEL knob to select the Vehicle This will allow you to select whether
If equipped, select the Climate and
Settings menu. The key must be the system will operate at high or
Air Quality menu and the following
in the run position. low sensitivity. Only vehicles with
will be displayed:
The following list of menu items may the automatic climate control will
. Auto Fan Speed
be available: have this option.
. Air Quality Sensor
. Climate and Air Quality Press the MENU/SEL knob when
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Air Quality Sensor is highlighted to
. Comfort and Convenience
. Auto Defog open the menu. Turn the knob to
. Collision/Detection Systems highlight High Sensitivity or Low
. Auto Rear Defog Sensitivity. Press the BACK button
. Languages
Auto Fan Speed to confirm the selection and move
. Lighting back to the last menu.
. Power Door Locks This will allow you to select the
automatic fan speed. This feature Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Remote Locking, Unlocking, sets the climate control fan speed to On vehicles with remote start and
Starting maintain the interior temperature. heated seats, the heated seats can
. Return to Factory Settings Press the MENU/SEL knob when be set to on or off.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Auto Fan Speed is highlighted to Press the MENU/SEL knob when
highlight the menu. Press the knob open the menu. Turn the knob to Remote Start Auto Heat Seats is
to select it. Each of the menus is highlight High, Medium, or Low. highlighted to open the menu. Turn
detailed in the following information. Press the BACK button to confirm the knob to highlight On or Off.
the selection and move back to the Press the BACK button to confirm
Vehicles with a navigation system last menu.
will display a checkmark to indicate the selection and move back to the
this feature is on. last menu.
Auto Defog See “Rear Window Defogger” under Park Assist

When turned on and high humidity Climate Control Systems on This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
is detected, the climate control page 8‑1 for more information. Assist feature, audible only, to be
system may adjust to outside air Press the MENU/SEL knob when turned on or off.
supply and turn on the air Auto Rear Defog is highlighted to Press the MENU/SEL knob when
conditioner or the heater. The fan open the menu. Turn the knob to Park Assist is highlighted. Turn the
speed may slightly increase to help highlight On or Off. Press the knob knob to select On or Off. Press the
prevent fogging. When high to confirm the selection and move knob to confirm and go back to the
humidity is no longer detected, the back to the last menu. last menu.
system will return to its prior
operation. Comfort and Convenience Languages
Press the MENU/SEL knob when Select the Comfort and Select the Language menu and the
Auto Defog is highlighted to open Convenience menu and Chime following will be displayed:
the menu. Turn the knob to highlight Volume will be displayed.
. English
On or Off. Press the BACK button to Chime Volume
confirm the selection and move . Francais
back to the last menu. This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
. Espanol
Auto Rear Defog Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select
Press the MENU/SEL knob when
When on, this feature turns on the Chime Volume is highlighted. Turn the language. Press BACK to return
rear defogger at vehicle start when the knob to select Normal or High. to the last menu.
the interior temperature is cold and Press the BACK button to confirm Lighting
fog is likely. The auto rear defog and go back to the last menu.
function can be disabled by Select the Lighting menu and the
pressing 1. When off, the feature
Collision/Detection Systems following will be displayed:
can be turned on by pressing 1. If equipped, select the Collision/ . Exit Lighting
Detection Systems menu and Park
Assist will be displayed.
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Exit Lighting Power Door Locks or Q on the RKE transmitter twice to

This allows the selection of how Select Power Door Locks and the override the delayed locking feature
long the exterior lamps stay on following will be displayed: and immediately lock all of the
when leaving the vehicle when it is doors.
. Auto Door Unlock
dark outside. Press the MENU/SEL knob when
. Delayed Door Lock Delayed Door Lock is highlighted to
Exit Lighting is highlighted. Turn the . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out select On or Off. Press BACK to
knob to select Off, 30 Seconds, . return to the last menu.
Auto Door Lock
1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press the Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
BACK button to confirm and go Auto Door Unlock
back to the last menu. When on, all doors will lock. The
This allows selection of which of the
driver door will then unlock if door
Vehicle Locator Lights doors will automatically unlock when
locking is requested while the driver
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
This allows the vehicle locator lights door is open, and disable the
to be turned on or off. When on, the Press the MENU/SEL knob when Delayed Door Lock feature.
headlamps and back-up lamps will Auto Door Unlock is highlighted.
Even when this feature is off, the
flash when K is pressed. Turn the knob to select All Doors,
driver is protected from accidental
Driver Door, or Off. Press the knob
Press the MENU/SEL knob when lockouts when the key is in the
to confirm and go back to the
Vehicle Locator Lights is highlighted ignition.
last menu.
to open the menu. Turn the MENU/ If Off is selected, the Unlocked Door
SEL knob to highlight On or Off. Delayed Door Lock Anti Lock Out feature may be
Press MENU/SEL to select On or When on, this feature will delay the enabled through an additional menu
Off. Press the BACK button to locking of the doors until selection.
confirm the selection and move five seconds after the last door is
back to the last menu. closed. You will hear three chimes
to signal delayed locking is in use.
Press either the power lock button

. Remote Unlock Light Feedback Press the MENU/SEL knob when
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out is . Remote Start Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the
highlighted to select On or Off. .
knob to select All Doors or Driver
Press BACK to return to the Passive Door Unlock Door Only. When set to Driver Door
last menu. . Passive Door Lock Only, the driver door will unlock the
Auto Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback first time K is pressed and all doors
will unlock when K is pressed a
This allows selection of which of the This allows selection of what type of
doors will automatically lock when feedback is given when locking the second time. When set to All Doors,
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). vehicle with the RKE transmitter. all of the doors will unlock at the first
press of K. Press the knob to
Press the MENU/SEL knob when Press the MENU/SEL knob when confirm and go back to the
Auto Door Lock is highlighted. Turn Remote Lock Feedback is last menu.
the knob to select On or Off. Press highlighted. Turn the knob to select
the knob to confirm and go back to Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn Remote Unlock Light Feedback
the last menu. Only, or Off. Press the knob to If equipped, this allows selection of
confirm and go back to the what type of feedback is given when
Remote Locking, Unlocking, last menu.
Starting unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
Door Unlock or Remote Door transmitter.
Select Remote Locking, Unlocking, Unlock
Starting and the following will be Press the MENU/SEL knob when
displayed (depending on the This allows selection of which doors Remote Unlock Light Feedback is
system): will unlock when pressing K on the highlighted. Turn the knob to select
RKE transmitter. On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
. Remote Lock Feedback and go back to the last menu.
. Door Unlock or Remote Door
Unlock
Remote Start Passive Door Lock

If equipped, this allows selection to This allows passive locking to be
turn on or off Remote Start. turned on or off and select what
Press the MENU/SEL knob when type of feedback.
Remote Start is highlighted. Turn Press the MENU/SEL knob when
the knob to select On or Off. Press Passive Door Lock is highlighted.
the knob to confirm and go back to Turn the knob to select Off, On,
the last menu. or On with Active Horn Chirp. Press
the knob to confirm and go back to
Passive Door Unlock the last menu.
This allows selection of which doors
are unlocked by pressing the button Return to Factory Settings
on the outside door handle. Select Return to Factory Settings to
Press the MENU/SEL knob when return all vehicle personalization to
Passive Door Unlock is highlighted. the default settings. Turn the knob
Turn the knob to select All Doors or to select Yes or No. Press the knob
Driver Door. Press the knob to to confirm and go back to the
confirm and go back to the last menu.
last menu.
2 NOTES
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Turns the

headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting
. Parking Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 . License Plate Lamps
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
. Sidemarker Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 parking lamps on together with the
Turn and Lane-Change following:
The exterior lamp control is to the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
left of the steering column on the . Taillamps
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
instrument panel. . License Plate Lamps
Interior Lighting There are four positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination
. Instrument Panel Lights
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 O (Off): Briefly turn to this position . Sidemarker Lamps
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 to turn the automatic lamp control
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 off or on again.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-7
6-2 Lighting
5 (Headlamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass

headlamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
turn signal lever all the way toward
sounds if the driver door is opened
you. Then release it.
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.
Daytime Running
Parking Lamps
Lamps (DRL)
. Taillamps
Daytime Running Lamps can make
. License Plate Lamps it easier for others to see the front of
. Instrument Panel Lights 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam your vehicle during the day. Fully
Changer): Push the turn signal functional daytime running lamps
. Sidemarker Lamps are required on all vehicles first sold
lever away from you and release to
# (Front Fog Lamps): For turn the high beams on. in Canada.
vehicles with fog lamps, press to A light sensor on top of the
turn the lamps on or off. To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull it toward you and instrument panel makes the DRL
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. release. work, so be sure it is not covered.
When the lights are on, ; will be The DRL system makes the
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on low-beam headlamps come on at a
page 5‑21. reduced brightness when the
following conditions are met:
. The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.
. The exterior lamps control is
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the in AUTO.
high-beam headlamps are on. . The engine is running.
Lighting 6-3
When the DRL are on, only the Automatic Headlamp The system may also turn on the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced headlamps when driving through a
level of brightness, will be on. The
System parking garage or tunnel.
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument When it is dark enough outside and
panel, and other lamps will not the exterior lamp control is in the Lights On with Wipers
be on. automatic position, the headlamps If the windshield wipers are
The headlamps automatically come on automatically. See Exterior activated in daylight with the engine
change from DRL to the regular Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps depending on the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
darkness of the surroundings. The lamps, and other exterior lamps
other lamps that come on with the come on. The transition time for the
headlamps will also come on. lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
When it is bright enough outside, not operating, these lamps turn off.
the headlamps go off and the DRL
Move the exterior lamp control to P
come on.
or ; to disable this feature.
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn
the exterior lamp control to the off
position and then release. For The vehicle has a light sensor on
vehicles first sold in Canada, the top of the instrument panel. Make
DRL cannot be turned off. sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
not needed.
6-4 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change may be burned out. Replace any
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not
Signals burned out, check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 10‑33.
Front Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
| (Hazard Warning Flasher): An arrow on the instrument cluster

Press and momentarily hold this will flash in the direction of the turn
button on the instrument panel or lane change. For vehicles with front fog lamps,
above the climate control system, to Raise or lower the lever until the the button is on the outboard side of
make the front and rear turn signal arrow starts to flash to signal a lane the instrument panel.
lamps flash on and off. This warns change. The turn signal flashes The ignition must be on to turn on
others that you are having trouble. three times. the fog lamps.
Press and momentarily hold again
The lever returns to its starting
to turn the flashers off.
position when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
Lighting 6-5
# (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps

turn the fog lamps on or off. An
The courtesy lamps come on
indicator light on the instrument Instrument Panel automatically when any door is
cluster comes on when the fog
Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in the
lamps are on.
door position.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps. Dome Lamps
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps. This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The The dome lamp controls are in the
thumbwheel is to the left of the headliner.
steering column on the instrument
panel. * (Dome Lamp Override): Press
to turn the lamps off, even when a
D (Instrument Panel door is open.
Brightness): Move the
thumbwheel up or down and hold, to I (Door): Press to turn the lamps
brighten or dim the instrument panel on automatically when a door is
controls and infotainment display opened.
screen. + (On): Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
6-6 Lighting
Reading Lamps Lighting Features Exit Lighting

The headlamps, taillamps, parking
Entry Lighting lamps, back-up lamps, and license
The headlamps, parking lamps, plate lamps come on at night, or in
taillamps, back-up lamps, and most areas with limited lighting, when the
of the interior lamps turn on briefly key is removed from the ignition.
The dome lamps also come on
when K is pressed on the Remote when the key is removed from the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. ignition. The exterior lights and
After about 30 seconds the exterior dome lamps remain on after the
lamps turn off, and then the dome door is closed for a set amount of
The reading lamps are in the and remaining interior lights will dim time, then automatically turn off.
overhead console. to off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition For vehicles with keyless access,
m or n : Press the button near
out of the OFF position, or by the exterior lamps and dome lamps
each lamp to turn it on or off. automatically turn on when a door is
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
opened after the ignition is turned
button. off. See Ignition Positions (Key
This feature can be changed. See Access) on page 9‑15 or Ignition
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under Positions (Keyless Access) on
Vehicle Personalization on page 9‑17.
page 5‑32. The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑32.
Lighting 6-7
Battery Power Protection

The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
6-8 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-18
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Infotainment
Bluetooth (Voice Read the following pages to
Introduction Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 become familiar with the audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Trademarks and License
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Agreements
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Trademarks and License { WARNING
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio extended periods could cause a
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 crash resulting in injury or death
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
to you or others. Do not give
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-13 extended attention to infotainment
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 tasks while driving.
Audio Players This system provides access to

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
many audio and non-audio listings.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7-2 Infotainment System
To minimize taking your eyes off the The vehicle may have a base radio
road while driving, do the following that is included in this manual. See
while the vehicle is parked: the separate infotainment manual
. Become familiar with the for information on the connective
operation and controls of the radio and the navigation system,
audio system. audio players, phone, and voice
recognition. There is also
. Set up the tone, speaker information on settings and
adjustments, and preset radio downloadable applications
stations. (if equipped).
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9‑3. Theft-Deterrent Feature
Notice: Contact your dealer The theft-deterrent feature works by
before adding any equipment. learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
Adding audio or communication
infotainment system. The
equipment could interfere with
infotainment system does not
the operation of the engine, radio,
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
or other systems, and could
different vehicle.
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
Overview 4. k
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
5. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
6. CLOCK
. Opens the clock menu.
7. INFO
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
. CD: Shows available
1. O 3. g information about the
current track.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station. 8. TONE
2. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Opens the tone menu.
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
9. AS 15. FAV Operation

. Radio: Opens the autostore . Radio: Opens the
stations list. favorites list.
Controls
The infotainment system is operated
10. BAND 16. BACK
by using the pushbuttons,
. Changes the band while . Menu: Moves one multifunction knobs, menus shown
listening to the radio. level back. on the display, and steering wheel
. Selects the radio when . Character Input: Deletes controls, if equipped.
listening to a different the last character. Turning the System On or Off
audio source. 17. MENU/SEL O (Volume/Power): Press to turn
11. CD/AUX . Turn to open menus, the system on and off.
. Selects the CD player or highlight menu items,
Automatic Switch-Off
an external audio source. or set numeric values
while in a menu. If the infotainment system has been
12. CD Slot
turned on after the ignition is turned
. Insert a CD.
. Press to select menu
off, the system will turn off
items.
13. CONFIG automatically after 10 minutes.
. Radio: Manually selects
. Opens the settings menu. radio stations. Volume Control
14. 5\> . CD: Selects tracks. O (Volume/Power): Turn to adjust
the volume.
. Opens the phone 18. Y 5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / >
main menu. . Removes a disc from the to mute the infotainment system.
. Mutes the audio system. CD slot. Press 5 / > again, or turn the O
knob to cancel mute.
Menu System BACK: Press to: Activating a Setting

The menu system appears on the . Exit a menu.
display screen. . Return from a submenu screen
Controls to the previous menu screen.
. Delete the last character in a
The MENU/SEL knob and the BACK
button are used to navigate the sequence.
menu system. Selecting a Menu Option
MENU/SEL Knob: Press to: highlight the setting.
. Enter the menu system. 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
. Select or activate the highlighted activate the setting.
menu option.
Setting a Value
. Confirm a set value.
. Turn a system setting on or off.
Turn to: move the highlighted bar.
. Highlight a menu option. 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
. Select a value. select the highlighted option.
Submenus
An arrow on the right-hand edge of change the current value of the
the menu indicates that it has a setting.
submenu with other options.
confirm the setting.
Turning a Function On or Off Press the BACK button to delete the Press the BACK button to go back
last character in the sequence or to the Tone Settings menu.
press and hold to delete the entire
character sequence. Adjusting the Fader and Balance
1. Press the TONE button.
Audio Settings
2. Select Fader or Balance.
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio 3. Select the value.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to player source. Press the BACK button to go back
highlight the function. To quickly reset an audio setting to the Tone Settings menu.
2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to value to 0: Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
turn the function on or off. 1. Press the TONE button. For vehicles that have an equalizer:
Entering a Character Sequence 2. Select the audio setting. 1. Press the TONE button.
3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL 2. Select EQ presets.
button until the value changes
to 0. 3. Select the setting.
Press the BACK button to go back Press the BACK button to go back
to the Tone Settings menu. to the Tone Settings menu.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange,

1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to and Bass
highlight the character.
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Select Treble, Midrange,
select the character.
or Bass.
3. Select the value.
System Settings The level of volume compensation Radio

can be selected, or the auto volume
Configuring the Number of feature can be turned off.
Favorite Pages AM-FM Radio
1. Press the CONFIG button.
To configure the number of available Control Buttons
favorite pages: 2. Select Radio Settings.
The buttons used to control the
1. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Auto Volume.
radio are:
2. Select Radio Settings. 4. Select the setting.
BAND: Press to turn the radio on
3. Select Radio Favorites. 5. Press the BACK button to go and choose between AM, FM, and
back to the System SiriusXM®, if equipped.
4. Select the number of available Configuration menu.
favorite pages. MENU/SEL: Turn to navigate the
Maximum Startup Volume available menus and to search for
5. Press the BACK button to go
The maximum volume played when stations.
back to the System
Configuration menu. the radio is first turned on can INFO: Press to display additional
be set. information that may be available for
Auto Volume the current song.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
The auto volume feature g or l : Press to search for
automatically adjusts the radio 2. Select Radio Settings.
stations.
volume to compensate for road and 3. Select Maximum Startup
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Volume. FAV: Press to open the favorites
or slows down, so that the volume list and select the favorites page.
level is consistent. 4. Select the setting.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
5. Press the BACK button to go stations.
back to the System
Configuration menu. AS (Autostore): Press to open the
autostore list.
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Station Station Lists

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Seek Tuning 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
feature is available for use only on 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
FM stations that broadcast RDS If the radio station is not known:
receivable stations in the current
information. This feature only works Briefly press g or l to reception area are displayed. If a
when the information from the radio automatically search for the next station list has not been created,
station is available. In rare cases, a available station. If a station is not an automatic station search
radio station could broadcast found, the radio switches to a more is done.
incorrect information that causes the sensitive search level. If a station
radio features to work improperly. 3. Select the station.
still is not found, the frequency that
If this happens, contact the radio was last active begins to play. Category Lists
station.
If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an
While the radio is tuned to an RDS program type code specify the
FM-RDS station, the station name Press and hold g or l until the type of programming transmitted.
or call letters display. station on the display is reached, Some stations change the program
then release the button. type code depending on the
Radio Menus
Manual Tuning content. The system stores the RDS
Radio menus are available for AM stations sorted by program type in
and FM. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select the FM category list.
the frequency on the display.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to open To search for a programming type
the main radio menu for that band. Favorites List determined by station:
Selecting a Band 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Press the BAND button to choose 2. Select Favorites List. 2. Select FM category list. A list of
AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. 3. Select the station. all programming types available
The last station that was playing displays.
starts playing again.
3. Select the programming type. Storing a Station as a Favorite Autostore Stations

A list of stations that transmit
Stations from all bands can be AS (Autostore): Autostore
programming of the selected
stored in any order in the favorite searches and stores 12 FM and
type displays.
pages. 12 AM stations with the strongest
4. Select the station. signal on two pages with six
Up to six stations can be stored in
The category lists are updated when each favorite page and the number stations stored on each page. To
the station lists are updated. of available favorite pages can use autostore:
be set. 1. Press BAND to select FM or AM.
Updating Station & Category Lists
Storing Stations 2. Press and hold AS until a beep
If stations stored in the station list
sounds. SEARCH displays on
can no longer be received: To store the station to a position in the radio, followed by the
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. the list, press the corresponding number of stations found.
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard.
2. Select Update AM or FM Station 3. The radio will automatically store
List, if the stations stored in the Retrieving Stations the 12 strongest stations found
station list are no longer Press the FAV button to open a as autostore presets.
received. A station search will be favorite page or to switch to another 4. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to
completed and the first station in favorite page. Briefly press one of autostore stations on the other
the updated list will play. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the radio band.
To cancel the station search, press station.
Press the AS button to alternate
the MENU/SEL knob.
between the autostore pages 1 and
2 of the selected radio band.
AS displays on the radio when using For more information, contact Selecting the XM Band
autostore presets. SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
Press the BAND button to choose
Autostore does not delete call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
between the AM, FM, and XM
previously stored favorite stations. www.xmradio.ca or call
bands. The last channel played in
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
Autostore does not function with that band begins to play when that
SiriusXM radio stations. Control Buttons band is selected.
The buttons used to control the SiriusXM Categories
Satellite Radio SiriusXM radio are:
SiriusXM channels are organized in
Vehicles with an SiriusXM® Satellite BAND: Press to turn the radio on categories.
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM and choose between AM, FM,
Satellite Radio subscription can and XM. Removing or Adding Categories
receive SiriusXM programming. g or l : Press to go to the Channels in a category that have
previous or next channel. been removed can still be accessed
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service by using g or l , or the MENU/
FAV: Press to open the
SEL knob.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service favorites list.
based in the 48 contiguous United To add or remove categories:
1 to 6: Press to select a favorite.
States and 10 Canadian provinces. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
MENU/SEL: Turn to select a
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
channel. 2. Select Radio Settings.
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to INFO: Press to display additional 3. Select XM Categories.
coast, and in digital-quality sound. information that may be available 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
A service fee is required to receive about the current song. highlight the category.
the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM k (Play/Pause): Press to pause
Service needs to be reactivated, the 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
time shifted content, if equipped. remove or add the category.
radio will display "No Subscription
Please Renew" on channel XM1.
Selecting an SiriusXM Channel To select a channel using the Storing a Channel as a Favorite
MENU/SEL knob: To store the channel to a position in
SiriusXM channels can be selected
by using g, l , the MENU/SEL 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and the list, press and hold the
knob, or the Menu system. select Channel List. corresponding 1 to 6 button until the
2. Select the desired channel. channel can be heard again.
Selecting a Channel Using g Retrieving Channels
Selecting a Channel Using the
or l
Menu System Press the FAV button to open a
. Press and release g or l to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. favorite page or to change to
go to the previous or next another favorite page. Briefly press
channel. 2. Select XM Category List. one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve
3. Select the category. the channel.
. Press and hold g or l to
scroll through the previous or 4. Select the channel. XM Messages
next channel until the channel is Storing an SiriusXM Channel XL (Explicit Language
reached. as a Favorite Channels): These channels, or any
others, can be blocked by request,
Selecting a Channel Using the Channels from all bands can be by calling 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.),
MENU/SEL Knob stored in any order in the favorite and 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
To select an SiriusXM channel using pages.
XM Updating: The encryption code
the MENU/SEL knob: Up to six channels can be stored in in the receiver is being updated. No
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to each favorite page and the number action is required. This process
highlight an SiriusXM channel. The of available favorite pages can should take no longer than
channel is selected after a short be set. 30 seconds.
delay.
Loading XM: The audio system is No CAT Info: The system is CAT Not Found: The system is
acquiring and processing audio and working properly. No category working properly. There are no
text data. No action is needed. This information is available at this time channels available for the selected
message should disappear shortly. on this channel. category.
Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: The system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
not currently in service. Tune in to working properly. No text or this message alternates with the
another channel. informational messages are SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID
Channel Unauth: This channel is available at this time on this label. This label is needed to
blocked or cannot be received with channel. activate the service.
your SiriusXM Subscription No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is
package. SiriusXM subscription needs to be received when tuned to channel 0,
Channel Unavailable: This reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at there could be a receiver fault.
previously assigned channel is no www.siriusxm.com or call Consult with your dealer.
longer assigned. Tune to another 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and Check Antenna: If this message
station. www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). of time, the receiver could have a
No Artist Info: The system is
working properly. No artist No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer.
information is available at this time working properly. The vehicle may XM Not Available: If this message
on this channel. be in a location where the SiriusXM does not clear within a short period
signal is being blocked. When the of time, the receiver could have a
No Title Info: The system is vehicle is moved into an open area,
working properly. No song title fault. Consult with your dealer.
the signal should return.
information is available at this time
on this channel.
Radio Reception when things like storms and power Satellite Radio Antenna
lines interfere with radio reception.
Frequency interference and static When this happens, try reducing the The SiriusXM Satellite Radio
can occur during normal radio treble on the radio. antenna is located on the roof of the
reception if items such as phone vehicle. Keep the antenna clear of
chargers, vehicle convenience SiriusXM Satellite Radio obstructions for clear radio
accessories, and external electronic Service reception.
devices are plugged into the If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
accessory power outlet. If there is performance of the XM system may
provides digital radio reception. Tall
interference or static, unplug the be affected if the sunroof is open.
buildings or hills can interfere with
item from the accessory power
satellite radio signals, causing the
outlet.
sound to fade in and out. In Multi-Band Antenna
FM addition, traveling or standing under
heavy foliage, bridges, garages, The multi-band antenna is on the
FM signals only reach about 16 to or tunnels may cause loss of the roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar,
radio has a built-in electronic circuit the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
that automatically works to reduce Cell Phone Usage System, and GPS (Global
interference, some static can occur, Positioning System), if the vehicle
Cell phone usage, such as making
especially around tall buildings or has these features. Keep the
or receiving phone calls, charging,
hills, causing the sound to fade in antenna clear of obstructions for
or just having the phone on may
and out. clear reception.
cause static interference in the
AM radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution Control Buttons

mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
The buttons used to control the CD
the disc from the center to the
CD Player outer edge.
player are:
The CD player can play audio CDs CD/AUX: Press to use the CD
Care of the CD Player player.
and MP3 CDs.
Do not add a label to a disc, as it l or g : Press to select tracks or
The CD player will not play could get caught in the CD player.
8 cm (3 in) CDs. to fast forward or rewind within a
If a label is needed, label the top of track.
Care of CDs the recorded disc with a
marking pen. INFO: Press to display additional
Sound quality can be reduced due information about the current track
to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners that may be available.
quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the
how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage MENU/SEL: Turn to enter
Handle discs carefully and store the CD player. the menu.
them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a Y: Press to eject the disc.
protective cases away from direct CD, more than one CD is inserted
sunlight and dust. If the bottom Inserting a CD
into the slot at a time, or an
surface of a disc is damaged, the attempt is made to play scratched With the printed side facing up,
disc may not play properly or at all. or damaged CDs, the CD player insert a disc into the CD slot until it
Do not touch the bottom surface of could be damaged. While using is drawn in.
a disc while handling it; this could the CD player, use only CDs in
damage the surface. Pick up discs good condition without any label, Removing a CD
by grasping the outer edges or the load one CD at a time, and keep
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Press Y.
the CD player and the loading slot
If the bottom surface of a disc is free of foreign materials, liquids, The disc is pushed out of the
dirty, take a soft lint-free cloth, and debris. CD slot.
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a
If the disc is not removed after it is Fast Forward and Rewind Tracks can be searched by:
ejected, it is pulled back in after a
Press and hold l or g to fast Playlists
.
few seconds.
forward or rewind within the current . Artists
Playing a CD or MP3 CD track. . Albums
Press the CD/AUX button if there is Selecting an MP3 Track .
a disc in the player; it begins Song Titles
playing. Using the control buttons: . Genres
Information about the disc and . Press g or l to select the . Folder View
current track is shown on the previous or next track.
To search for tracks:
display depending on the data Using the CD Menu:
stored. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Selecting a CD Track 2. Select Search.
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
Using the control buttons: 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
3. Select the playlist or folder. Song Titles, Genres,
. Press g or l to select the 4. Select the track. or Folder View.
previous or next track.
Searching for MP3 Tracks 4. Select the track.
Using the CD Menu:
The search feature may take some
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
time to display the information after
2. Select Tracks list. reading the disc due to the amount
3. Select the track. of information stored on the disc.
FM automatically plays while the
Playing Tracks in Random Order disc is being read.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and then
set Shuffle Songs to On.
Auxiliary Devices USB Port Searching for a Track

If equipped, the AUX inputs are in For vehicles with a USB port, the Tracks that are found can be
the center console and allows following devices may be connected searched for by:
portable devices to connect to the and controlled by the infotainment . Playlists
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) system.
. Artists
auxiliary jack or USB port. . iPods
. Albums
Portable devices are controlled by . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs)
using the menu system described in . Song Titles
. USB Drives
. Podcasts
. Zunes®
3.5 mm Jack . Genres
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives,
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to and Zunes are compatible with the
. Audio Books
the auxiliary input jack to use a infotainment system. Devices are
portable audio player.
. Composers
also charged while plugged into the
Playback of an audio device that is USB port. To search for tracks:
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
only be controlled using the controls Connecting and Controlling
an iPod™ 2. Select Search.
on the device.
Not all iPods can be controlled by 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Adjusting the Volume Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
the infotainment system.
Turn the O knob to adjust the Audio Books, or Composers.
Connecting an iPod
volume of the infotainment system 4. Select the track.
after the volume level has been set Connect the iPod to the USB port.
on the portable audio device.
Shuffle Searching for a Track Off: Plays current tracks in

Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Tracks can be searched for by: sequential order.
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or . Playlists Repeat Functionality
Off, then press the BACK button to
return to the main screen. . Artists Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set
Repeat to On or Off.
On: Plays tracks in the current . Albums
folder in random order. Repeat On: Repeats the current
. Song Titles track.
Off: Plays tracks in the current . Podcasts
folder in sequential order. Repeat Off: Starts playback from
. Genres the beginning of the current track
Repeat after the last track finishes.
To search for tracks:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Connecting and Controlling a
Repeat to On or Off, then press the 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
USB Drive
BACK button to return to the main 2. Select Search.
screen. The infotainment system can only
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, play back .mp3 and .wma files from
On: Repeats the current track. Song Titles, Podcasts, a USB drive.
Off: Starts playback from the or Genres.
Only the first 10,000 songs are
beginning of the current track after 4. Select the track. recognized on the device.
the last track finishes.
Shuffle Functionality When a device is not supported, the
Connecting and Controlling a Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set message “No supported data found.
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle Songs (Random) to On You can safely disconnect the
or Zune or Off. device” appears.
Connecting a PFD or Zune On: Plays current tracks in random Connecting a USB Drive
Connect the PFD or Zune to the order. Connect the USB drive to the
USB port. USB port.
Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Phone

It is normal for the search feature to Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
take some time to display the Bluetooth (Overview)
information after reading the device 4. Select the track.
due to the amount of information For vehicles equipped with
stored. Shuffle Functionality Bluetooth capability, the system can
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set interact with many cell phones,
Files that do not have any meta allowing:
data stored in the ID3 tag display as Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
Unknown. or Off. . Placement and receipt of calls in
On: Plays current tracks in random a hands-free mode.
Tracks can be searched for by:
order. . Sharing of the cell phone’s
. Playlists* address book or contact list with
Off: Plays current tracks in
. Artists sequential order. the vehicle.
. Albums Repeat Functionality To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
. Song Titles Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set parked:
. Genres Repeat to On or Off. . Become familiar with the
. Folder View Repeat On: Repeats the current features of the cell phone.
track. Organize the phone book and
*This only displays if a playlist is
found on the device. Repeat Off: Starts playback from contact lists clearly and delete
the beginning of the current track duplicate or rarely used entries.
To search for tracks: after the last track finishes. If possible, program speed dial
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. or other shortcuts.
2. Select Search.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system $ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in phone with a Hands-Free Profile to operation.
this section for more information. make and receive phone calls. The
. If the cell phone has voice infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls
dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control the If equipped, the infotainment system
that feature to access the system. The system can be used allows certain controls to be
address book or contact list. See while in ON/RUN or ACC/ selected on the infotainment display.
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section ACCESSORY. The range of the See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.
for more information. Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all For information about how to
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone functions and not all phones work navigate the menu system using the
Numbers” in this section for with the Bluetooth system. See infotainment controls. See
more information. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more Operation on page 7‑4.
information about compatible 5 \ > (PHONE/MUTE): Press to
{ WARNING phones. enter the Phone main menu. Press
to mute the audio system.
When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth Controls
be distracting to look too long or Use the buttons located on the Voice Recognition
too often at the screen of the infotainment system and the The voice recognition system uses
phone or the infotainment steering wheel to operate the commands to control the system
(navigation) system. Taking your Bluetooth system. and dial phone numbers.
eyes off the road too long or too
often could cause a crash Steering Wheel Controls Noise: The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
resulting in injury or death. Focus b / g (Push To Talk): Press to
is too much background noise.
your attention on driving. answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start voice
recognition.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Statement on Pairing Information
indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑15 for information . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
a voice command. Wait for the tone regarding Part 15 of the Federal capability cannot be paired to
and then speak. Communications Commission (FCC) the vehicle as a phone and an
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a rules and Industry Canada MP3 player at the same time.
calm and natural voice. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
. Up to five cell phones can be
Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment paired to the Bluetooth system.
When using the Bluetooth system, Controls) . The pairing process is disabled
sound comes through the vehicle's when the vehicle is moving.
For information about how to
front audio system speakers and navigate the menu system using the
. Pairing only needs to be
overrides the audio system. Use the infotainment controls, see Operation completed once, unless the
VOL/ O knob during a call to on page 7‑4. pairing information on the cell
change the volume level. The phone changes or the cell phone
adjusted volume level remains in Pairing is deleted from the system.
memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can
maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth
Other Information system and then connected to the system at a time.
vehicle before it can be used. See .
The Bluetooth® word mark and If multiple paired cell phones are
your cell phone manufacturer's user
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® within range of the system, the
guide for Bluetooth functions before
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks system connects to the first
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
by General Motors is under license. available paired cell phone in the
phone is not connected, calls will be
Other trademarks and trade names order that they were first paired
made using OnStar Hands-Free
are those of their respective owners. to the system. To link to a
Calling, if available. See Operation
different paired phone, see
on page 7‑4.
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
Pairing a Phone with “<Phone name> has been Linking to a Different Phone
1. Press the CONFIG button. successfully paired” after the To link to a different phone, the new
pairing process is complete. phone must be in the vehicle and
2. Select Phone Settings.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair available to be connected to the
3. Select Bluetooth. additional phones. Bluetooth system before the
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). process is started.
Listing All Paired and Connected
A four-digit Personal Phones 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Identification Number (PIN)
appears on the display. The PIN 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Phone Settings.
is used in Step 6. 2. Select Phone Settings. 3. Select Bluetooth.
5. Start the pairing process on the 3. Select Bluetooth. 4. Select Device List.
cell phone to be paired to the 5. Select the new phone to link to
vehicle. See the cell phone 4. Select Device List.
and follow the on screen
manufacturer's user guide for Deleting a Paired Phone prompts.
information on this process.
1. Press the CONFIG button. If delete is selected, the
6. Locate the device named “Your highlighted phone will be
2. Select Phone Settings.
Vehicle” in the list on the cell deleted.
phone. Follow the instructions 3. Select Bluetooth.
on the cell phone to enter the 4. Select Device List. Making a Call Using
PIN provided in Step 4. After the Phone Book
PIN is successfully entered, the 5. Select the phone to delete and
system prompts you to provide a follow the on screen prompts. For cell phones that support the
name for the paired cell phone. phone book feature, the Bluetooth
This name will be used to system can use the contacts stored
indicate which phones are on your cell phone to make calls.
paired and connected to the See your cell phone phone
vehicle. The system responds manufacturer's user guide or
contact your wireless provider to to scroll through the entire list of 3. Select Call to start dialing the
find out if this feature is supported names/numbers in the number.
by your phone. phone book.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When a cell phone supports the 4. Select the name or number you
phone book feature, the Phone want to call. When an incoming call is received,
Book and Call Lists menus are the infotainment system mutes and
To make a call using the Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
automatically available. Lists menu:
The Phone Book menu allows you Accepting a Call
to access the phone book stored in 1. Press 5 \ > once or twice
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
the cell phone to make a call. (depending on the radio).
“Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
The Call Lists menu allows you to 2. Select Call Lists. knob to accept the call.
access the phone numbers from the 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Declining a Call
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Outgoing Calls, or Missed
Missed Calls menus on your cell Calls list. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
phone to make a call. “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL
4. Select the name or number you knob to decline the call.
To make a call using the Phone want to call.
Book menu: Call Waiting
Making a Call
1. Press 5 \ > once or twice Call waiting must be supported on
To make a call: the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
(depending on the radio).
1. Press 5 \ > once or twice the wireless service carrier to work.
2. Select Phone Book.
(depending on the radio). Accepting a Call
3. Search through the list by
selecting the letter group the 2. Enter the character sequence. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
phone book entry begins with, See “Entering a Character “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
or press the MENU/SEL button Sequence” in Operation on knob to accept the call.
page 7‑4.
Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence Dual Tone Multi-Frequency

Turn the MENU/SEL knob to then select Call. See “Entering a (DTMF) Tones
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL Character Sequence” in
Operation on page 7‑4. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
knob to decline the call. send numbers during a call. This is
4. After the call has been placed, used when calling a menu-driven
Switching Between Calls (Call turn or press the MENU/SEL
Waiting Calls Only) phone system.
knob and choose Merge Calls.
To switch between calls: 1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL
5. To add more callers to the knob and select Enter Number.
1. Turn or press the MENU/ conference call, repeat Steps 1–
SEL knob. 4. The number of callers that 2. Enter the character sequence.
can be added is limited by your See “Entering a Character
2. Select Switch Call from Sequence” in Operation on
the menu. wireless service carrier.
page 7‑4.
Conference Calling Ending a Call
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob Bluetooth (Voice
Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the and select Hang Up. Recognition)
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the Muting a Call Using Voice Recognition
wireless service carrier to work.
To Mute a Call To use voice recognition, press the
To start a conference while in a b / g button located on the steering
current call: Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
wheel. Use the commands below for
and select Mute Call.
1. Turn or press the MENU/ the various voice features. For
SEL knob. To Cancel Mute additional information, say “Help”
while you are in a voice
2. Select Enter Number. Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
recognition menu.
and select Mute Call.
Pairing
. Only one paired cell phone can 4. Start the pairing process on the
be connected to the Bluetooth cell phone that you want to pair.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system at a time. For help with this process, see
must be paired to the Bluetooth . If multiple paired cell phones are your cell phone manufacturer's
system and then connected to the
within range of the system, the user guide.
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first 5. Locate the device named “Your
guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the Vehicle” in the list on the cell
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired phone. Follow the instructions
phone is not connected, calls will be to the system. To link to a on the cell phone to enter the
made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see PIN provided in Step 3. After the
Calling, if available. See Operation “Linking to a Different Phone” PIN is successfully entered, the
on page 7‑4. later in this section. system prompts you to provide a
Pairing a Phone name for the paired cell phone.
Pairing Information This name will be used to
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system indicate which phones are
capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by paired and connected to the
the vehicle as a phone and an a tone. vehicle. The system responds
MP3 player at the same time. with “<Phone name> has been
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
successfully paired” after the
. Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped.
pairing process is complete.
paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
. The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four-digit
additional phones.
when the vehicle is moving. Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone
Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers
The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the
also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell Hands-Free Directory that is shared
system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar
after that phone name. which cell phone you want to systems.
connect to, you may have to use
1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. The following commands are used
responds “Ready,” followed by to delete and store phone numbers.
a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system Store: This command will store a
2. Say “Bluetooth.” responds “Ready,” followed by phone number, or a group of
a tone. numbers as a name tag.
3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a
If the phone name you want to name tag by entering the digits one
. If another cell phone is
delete is unknown, see “Listing All at a time.
found, the response will be
Paired and Connected Phones.” Delete: This command is used to
“<Phone name> is now
1. Press b / g. The system connected.” delete individual name tags.
responds “Ready,” followed by . If another cell phone is not Delete All Name Tags: This
a tone. found, the original phone command deletes all stored name
2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected. tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the Destinations
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Directory.
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags:
that you want to store. After
1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the system 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by repeats back the digit it heard responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. followed by a tone. After the last a tone.
2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
“Store,” and then follow the
3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to Listing Stored Numbers
of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number.
at once with no pauses, then The list command will list all stored
follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command numbers and name tags.
system to save a name tag for Using the “List” Command
this number. 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “Digit Store” Command a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by
If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” a tone.
recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Directory.”
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete. 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.”
To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” 4. Say “List.”
recognized by the system, say Command
Making a Call
“Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands Free Calls can be made using the
1. Press b / g. The system following commands.
Calling Directory and the
responds “Ready,” followed by Destinations Directory.
a tone. Dial or Call: The dial or call
command can be used
2. Say “Digit Store.” interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial: This command allows a 3. Say “911.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
phone number to be dialed by 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each
entering the digits one at a time. digit is entered, the system
Re-dial: This command is used to Using the “Digit Dial” Command repeats back the digit it heard
dial the last number used on the cell The digit dial command allows a followed by a tone. After the last
phone. phone number to be dialed by digit has been entered,
entering the digits one at a time. say “Dial.”
Using the “Dial” or “Call” After each digit is entered, the Once connected, the person called
Command system repeats back the digit it will be heard through the audio
1. Press b / g. The system heard followed by a tone. speakers.
responds “Ready,” followed by If an unwanted number is Using the “Re-dial” Command
a tone. recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 1. Press b / g. The system
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
number. responds “Ready,” followed by
3. Say the entire number without a tone.
pausing or say the name tag. To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The
Once connected, the person called “Verify” at any time. system dials the last number
will be heard through the audio called from the connected cell
speakers. 1. Press b / g. The system phone.
responds “Ready,” followed by
Calling 911 Emergency Once connected, the person called
a tone.
will be heard through the audio
1. Press b / g. The system 2. Say “Digit Dial.” speakers.
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling To mute a call, press b / g , and

When an incoming call is received, Three-way calling must be then say “Mute Call.”
the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and To cancel mute, press b / g , and
tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service
then say “Un-mute Call.”
carrier.
. Press b / g to answer the call. Transferring a Call
1. While on a call, press b / g.
. Press $ / i to ignore a call. Audio can be transferred between
2. Say “Three-way call.” the Bluetooth system and the cell
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to phone.
Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party The cell phone must be paired and
the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. connected with the Bluetooth
wireless service carrier.
4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be
. Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers transferred. The connection process
incoming call when another call together. can take up to two minutes after the
is active. The original call is ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
placed on hold. Ending a Call
To Transfer Audio from the
. Press b / g again to return to Press $ / i to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
the original call. Muting a Call During a call with the audio in the
. To ignore the incoming call, no vehicle:
During a call, all sounds from inside
action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press b / g.
. Press $ / i to disconnect the person on the other end of the call 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
current call and switch to the call cannot hear them.
on hold.
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth 3. Say “Voice.” The system Clearing the System
System from a Cell Phone responds “OK, accessing
Unless information is deleted out of
During a call with the audio on the <phone name>.”
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
cell phone, press b / g. The audio The cell phone's normal prompt will be retained indefinitely. This
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio messages will go through their cycle includes all saved name tags in the
does not transfer to the vehicle, use according to the phone's operating phone book and phone pairing
the audio transfer feature on the cell instructions. information. For information on how
phone. See your cell phone to delete this information, see the
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency previous sections on “Deleting a
manufacturer's user guide for more
(DTMF) Tones Paired Phone” and “Deleting
information.
The Bluetooth system can send Name Tags.”
Voice Pass-Thru numbers and the numbers stored as
Voice pass-thru allows access to the name tags during a call. You can
voice recognition commands on the use this feature when calling a
cell phone. See your cell phone menu-driven phone system.
manufacturer's user guide to see if Account numbers can also be
the cell phone supports this feature. stored for use.
To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag
phone: During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 2. Say “Dial.”
can be skipped. 3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Trademarks and
License Agreements
Manufactured under license from Fees and Taxes — Subscription fee,

Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the taxes, one time activation fee, and
double-D symbol are trademarks of other fees may apply. Subscription
Dolby Laboratories. fee is consumer only. All fees and
Manufactured under license under programming subject to change.
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; Subscriptions subject to Customer
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; Agreement available at
6,487,535 & other U.S. and www.siriusxm.com. XM® service
worldwide patents issued & only available in the 48 contiguous
pending. DTS and the Symbol are United States and Canada*.
registered trademarks and DTS *Canada — Some deterioration of
Digital Surround and the DTS logos service may occur in extreme
are trademarks of DTS Inc. All “Made for iPod and iPhone” means
northern latitudes. This is beyond
Rights Reserved. that an electronic accessory has
the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
been designed to connect
Radio. Explicit Language
specifically to iPod and has been
Notice — Channels with frequent
certified by the developer to meet
explicit language are indicated with
Apple performance standards.
an “XL” preceding the channel
iPod is a trademark of Apple name. Channel blocking is available
Computer, Inc., registered in the for SiriusXM Satellite Radio
U.S. and other countries. receivers by notifying SiriusXM at:

. USA Customers — See use of any of the SiriusXM CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music
www.siriusxm.com or call marks to be manufactured, and video-related data from
1-866-635-2349. distributed or marketed in the Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to
. Canadian Customers — See SiriusXM Service Area. present Gracenote. One or more
www.xmradio.ca or call 2. For products to be distributed, patents owned by Gracenote apply
1-877-209-0079. marketed and/or sold in Canada, to this product and service. See the
a separate agreement is Gracenote website for a
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, non-exhaustive list of applicable
disassemble, reverse engineer, required with Canadian Satellite
Radio Inc. (operating as XM Gracenote patents. Gracenote and
hack, manipulate, or otherwise CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the
make available any technology or Canada).
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
software incorporated in receivers the “Powered by Gracenote” logo
compatible with the SiriusXM® are either registered trademarks or
Satellite Radio System or that trademarks of Gracenote in the
support the SiriusXM website, the United States and/or other
Online Service or any of its content. countries.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in If you require more information
this product is protected by regarding the use of the Gracenote
Music and video recognition Service, visit: www.gracenote.com/
intellectual property rights including
technology and related data are corporate.
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote
secrets of Digital Voice For the data provided by
is the industry standard in music
Systems, Inc. Gracenote® Music Recognition
recognition technology and related
General Requirements: content delivery. For more Service, the content is not
information, visit necessarily guaranteed 100%.
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM® is required for any www.gracenote.com.
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
Regarding the use of Gracenote transmit the Gracenote Software or Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its
Music Recognition Service, when any Gracenote Data to any third rights under this Agreement against
this product is used, it is necessary party. you directly in its own name.
to agree to the following articles. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR The Gracenote service uses a
Gracenote® End User License EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE unique identifier to track queries for
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR statistical purposes.
This application or device contains GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT
software from Gracenote, Inc. of The purpose of a randomly
AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED assigned numeric identifier is to
Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). HEREIN. You agree that your
The software from Gracenote (the allow the Gracenote service to
non-exclusive license to use the count queries without knowing
“Gracenote Software”) enables this Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
application to perform disc and/or anything about who you are. For
Software, and Gracenote Servers more information, see the web page
file identification and obtain will terminate if you violate these
music-related information, including for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for
restrictions. If your license the Gracenote service.
name, artist, track, and title terminates, you agree to cease any
information (“Gracenote Data”) from and all use of the Gracenote Data, The Gracenote Software and each
online servers or embedded the Gracenote Software, and item of Gracenote Data are licensed
databases (collectively, “Gracenote Gracenote Servers. to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no
Servers”) and to perform other representations or warranties,
functions. You may use Gracenote Gracenote reserves all rights in express or implied, regarding the
Data only by means of the intended Gracenote Data, the Gracenote accuracy of any Gracenote Data
End-User functions of this Software, and the Gracenote from in the Gracenote Servers.
application or device. You agree that Servers, including all ownership
you will use Gracenote Data, the rights. Gracenote reserves the right to
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote
Under no circumstances will Servers or to change data
Servers for your own personal Gracenote become liable for any
non-commercial use only. You agree categories for any cause that
payment to you for any information Gracenote deems sufficient.
not to assign, copy, transfer or that you provide. You agree that
No warranty is made that the

Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers are error-free or that
functioning of Gracenote Software
or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to
provide you with new enhanced or
additional data types or categories
that Gracenote may provide in the
future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
Gracenote disclaims all warranties
express or implied, including, but
not limited to, implied warranties of
merchantability, fitness for a
particular purpose, title, and
non-infringement. Gracenote does
not warrant the results that will be
obtained by your use of the
Gracenote software or any
Gracenote server. In no case will
Gracenote be liable for any
consequential or incidental
damages or for any lost profits or
lost revenues.
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control 6. Driver and Passenger Heated

Seats (If Equipped)
Systems 7. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 ventilation for the vehicle can be
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems. 9. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Vehicles with Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control

2. Bi-level Air Mode 2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 5. Fan Control
8-2 Climate Controls
6. Driver and Passenger Heated W (Defog): Clears the windows of It helps to quickly cool the air inside
Seats (If Equipped) fog or moisture. Air is directed to the the vehicle or prevent outside air
7. Rear Window Defogger windshield and floor outlets. and odors from entering.
8. Recirculation 0 (Defrost): Clears the To improve fuel efficiency and to

windshield of fog or frost more cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
9. Defog quickly. Air is directed to the may be automatically selected in
10. Air Conditioning windshield and side window outlets. warm weather. The recirculation
For best results, clear all snow and light will not come on. Press h to
11. Defrost
ice from the windshield before select recirculation; press it again to
9 (Fan Control): Turn to increase
defrosting. select outside air.
or decrease the fan speed.
Do not drive the vehicle until all Rear Window Defogger
Temperature Control: Turn to
windows are clear. 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turn
increase or decrease the
temperature. Air Conditioning the rear window defogger on or off.
The rear window defogger turns off
Air Delivery Mode Control: To # (Air Conditioning, If after about 10 minutes. It can also
change the current mode, press one Equipped): Press to turn the air be turned off by turning the ignition
of the following: conditioning on or off. If the fan is to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
F (Vent): Air is directed to the turned off or the outside OFF. If turned on again it runs for
instrument panel outlets. temperature falls below freezing, the about five minutes before
air conditioning compressor will turning off.
* (Bi-level): Air is directed to the not work.
instrument panel outlets and the Do not drive the vehicle until all
floor outlets. h (Recirculation, If Equipped): windows are clear.
Press to turn on the recirculation.
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the An indicator light comes on. Air is
floor outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle.
For vehicles with heated outside Automatic Climate 7. Power

rearview mirrors, they turn on when
the rear window defogger button is
Control System 8. Recirculation
on and help to clear fog or frost from The heating, cooling, and ventilation 9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode)
the surface of the mirrors. See for the vehicle can be controlled 10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
Heated Mirrors on page 2‑16. with this system.
11. Air Conditioning
Notice: Do not use a razor blade
or sharp object to clear the inside Automatic Operation
rear window. Do not adhere The system automatically controls
anything to the defogger grid the fan speed, air delivery, air
lines in the rear glass. These conditioning, and recirculation in
actions may damage the rear order to heat or cool the vehicle to
defogger. Repairs would not be the desired temperature.
covered by your warranty.
When the indicator light is on, the
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press system is in full automatic operation.
to turn the heated seats on or off. If the air delivery mode or fan
See Heated Front Seats on setting is manually adjusted, the
page 3‑5 auto indicator turns off and displays
1. Temperature Control will show the selected settings.
2. Rear Window Defogger To place the system in automatic
mode do the following:
3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Press AUTO.
4. Defrost
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
5. Fan Control system time to stabilize. Then
6. Driver and Passenger Heated adjust the temperature as
Seats needed for best comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to operation is canceled and manual the outside temperature falls below
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation mode is initiated. Press AUTO to freezing, the air conditioning
may be automatically selected in return to automatic operation. compressor will not run.
warm weather. The recirculation To change the current mode, select Press AUTO to return to automatic
light will not come on. Press h to one of the following: operation and the air conditioner
select recirculation; press it again to runs as needed. When the indicator
select outside air. Y (Vent): Air is directed to the light is on, the air conditioner runs
instrument panel outlets.
English units can be changed to automatically to cool the air inside
metric units through the Driver \ (Bi-level): Air is divided the vehicle or to dry the air needed
between the instrument panel to defog the windshield faster.
Information Center (DIC). See
outlets and the floor outlets.
Vehicle Personalization on h (Recirculation): Press to turn
page 5‑32. C (Tri-Level): Air is divided on recirculation. An indicator light
between the windshield, instrument comes on. Air is recirculated to
Manual Operation panel, and floor outlets. quickly cool the inside of the vehicle
O (Power): Press to turn the [ (Floor): Air is directed to the or prevent outside air and odors
climate control system on or off. floor outlets. from entering.
Fan Control: Turn the knob - (Defog): Clears the windows of Automatic Air Recirculation:
clockwise or counterclockwise to fog or moisture. Air is directed to the When the AUTO indicator light is
increase or decrease the fan speed. windshield and floor outlets. on, the air is automatically
The selected fan speed is indicated recirculated as needed to help
by a number on the display screen. 0 (Defrost): Clears the quickly cool the inside of the
Press AUTO to return to automatic windshield of fog or frost more vehicle.
operation. quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield. AQS (Air Quality Sensor): For
MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Press vehicles with an air quality sensor,
to change the direction of the # (Air Conditioning): Press to the climate control system adjusts to
airflow. The current mode appears turn the automatic air conditioning limit some exhaust fumes from
in the display screen. Automatic on or off. If the fan is turned off or being pulled inside your vehicle.
Press the AQS button on the Rear Window Defogger on and help to clear fog or frost from
climate control to activate the air the surface of the mirrors. See
quality sensor. The air quality
= (Rear Window Defogger): Heated Mirrors on page 2‑16.
Press to turn the rear window
sensor will not maintain recirculation Notice: Do not try to clear frost
defogger on or off.
for an extended period to prevent or other material from the inside
the air inside the vehicle from The rear window defogger turns off
of the front windshield and rear
becoming too dry or stuffy. To adjust automatically after about
window with a razor blade or
the sensitivity of the Air Quality 10 minutes. If turned on again it
anything else that is sharp. This
Control, see “Climate and Air runs for about five minutes before
may damage the rear window
Quality” under Vehicle turning off.
defogger grid and affect the
Personalization on page 5‑32. The rear window defogger can be radio's ability to pick up stations
Auto Defog: The climate control set to automatic operation. See clearly. The repairs would not be
system may have a sensor to “Climate and Air Quality” under covered by the vehicle warranty.
automatically detect high humidity Vehicle Personalization on
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press
inside the vehicle. When high page 5‑32. When Auto Rear Defog
to turn the heated seats on or off.
humidity is detected, the climate is selected, the rear window
See Heated Front Seats on
control system may adjust to defogger turns on automatically
page 3‑5.
outside air supply and turn on the when the interior temperature is cold
air conditioner. If the climate control and the outside temperature is Remote Start Climate Control
system does not detect possible about 40°F and below. The auto Operation: For vehicles with the
window fogging, it returns to normal rear defogger turns off automatically remote vehicle start feature, the
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or after about 10 minutes. At higher climate control system may run
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” speeds, the rear window defogger when the vehicle is started remotely.
under Vehicle Personalization on may stay on continuously. The system uses the driver’s
page 5‑32. previous settings to heat or cool the
For vehicles with heated outside
inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
rearview mirrors, they turn on when
may come on during remote start
the rear window defogger button is
based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear defog indicator light does Air Vents Additional air vents are located
not come on during a remote start. beneath the windshield, driver and
If the vehicle has front heated seats, Adjustable air vents are in the passenger side door windows, and
they may come on during a remote center and on the side of the in the footwells. These are fixed and
start. The heated seat indicator instrument panel. cannot be adjusted.
lights do not come on during a
remote start. See Remote Vehicle Operation Tips
Start on page 2‑9 and Heated Front . Clear away any ice, snow,
Seats on page 3‑5. or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
Sensors block the flow of air into the
The solar sensor, on top of the vehicle.
instrument panel near the . Keep the path under the front
windshield, monitors the solar heat. seats clear of objects to help
The climate control system uses the circulate the air inside of the
sensor information to adjust the vehicle more effectively.
temperature, fan speed, . Use of non-GM approved hood
recirculation, and air delivery mode deflectors can adversely affect
for best comfort. Move the slats (1) to change the the performance of the system.
If the sensor is covered, the direction of the airflow. Check with your dealer before
automatic climate control system Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside
may not work properly. air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle.
airflow.
Maintenance The refrigerant system should only

be serviced by trained and certified
technicians. The air conditioning
Passenger Compartment evaporator should never be repaired
Air Filter or replaced by one from a salvage
vehicle. It should only be replaced
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
by a new evaporator to ensure
other airborne irritants from outside
proper and safe operation.
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part During service, all refrigerants
of routine scheduled maintenance. should be reclaimed with proper
See Maintenance Schedule on equipment. Venting refrigerants
page 11‑2. directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
See your dealer regarding
create unsafe conditions based on
replacement of the filter.
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
Service
This vehicle may have the new
environmentally friendly refrigerant,
R1234yf. This refrigerant has a
significantly reduced global warming
impact on the environment,
compared to the traditional
automotive refrigerant, R-134a. All
vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle.
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Operating Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
9-22
9-23 Object Detection Systems
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-39
Parking over Things Side Blind Zone
Driving Information Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Rear Vision
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-47
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 California Fuel
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7 Manual Transmission Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-30 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Brakes Filling a Portable Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Antilock Brake Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Starting and Operating System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Towing
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 General Towing
Ignition Positions (Key Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Ride Control Systems Driving Characteristics and
Ignition Positions (Keyless Traction Control Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
9-2 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy

. Designate a front seat
Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Trailer Towing (Except Fuel distractions.
Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Conversions and Add-Ons and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Add-On Electrical
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
Defensive Driving
{ WARNING { WARNING
Defensive driving means “always
Taking your eyes off the road too expect the unexpected.” The first Drinking and then driving is very
long or too often could cause a step in driving defensively is to wear dangerous. Your reflexes,
crash resulting in injury or death. the safety belt. See Safety Belts on perceptions, attentiveness, and
Focus your attention on driving. page 3‑8. judgment can be affected by even
. Assume that other road users a small amount of alcohol. You
Refer to the infotainment section for (pedestrians, bicyclists, and can have a serious — or even
more information on using that other drivers) are going to be fatal — collision if you drive after
system, including pairing and using careless and make mistakes. drinking.
a cell phone. Anticipate what they might do Do not drink and drive or ride with
and be ready. a driver who has been drinking.
If equipped, refer to the navigation
manual for information on that . Allow enough following distance Ride home in a cab; or if you are
system, including pairing and using between you and the driver in with a group, designate a driver
a cell phone. front of you. who will not drink.
. Focus on the task of driving.
Control of a Vehicle
Drunk Driving
Braking, steering, and accelerating
Death and injury associated with are important factors in helping to
drinking and driving is a global control a vehicle while driving.
tragedy.
Braking power brake assist but it will be See specific vehicle steering
used when the brake is applied. messages under Service Vehicle
Braking action involves perception Once the power assist is used up, it Messages on page 5‑31.
time and reaction time. Deciding to can take longer to stop and the
push the brake pedal is perception See your dealer if there is a
brake pedal will be harder to push. problem.
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time. Steering Curve Tips
Average driver reaction time is . Take curves at a reasonable
about three-quarters of a second. In Electric Power Steering
speed.
that time, a vehicle moving at The vehicle has electric power
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m steering. It does not have power
. Reduce speed before entering a
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve.
distance in an emergency. is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If power steering assist is lost due speed through the curve.
include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of
. Keep enough distance between can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating
you and the vehicle in front increased effort. See your dealer if gently into the straightaway.
of you. there is a problem.
Steering in Emergencies
. Avoid needless heavy braking. If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
. There are some situations when
. Keep pace with traffic. held against that position for an steering around a problem may
If the engine ever stops while the extended period of time, power be more effective than braking.
vehicle is being driven, brake steering assist may be reduced. . Holding both sides of the
normally but do not pump the Normal use of the power steering steering wheel allows you to turn
brakes. Doing so could make the assist should return when the 180 degrees without removing
pedal harder to push down. If the system cools down. a hand.
engine stops, there will be some

. The Antilock Brake System 2. Turn the steering wheel about Defensive drivers avoid most skids
(ABS) allows steering while one-eighth of a turn, until the by taking reasonable care suited to
braking. right front tire contacts the existing conditions, and by not
pavement edge. overdriving those conditions. But
Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go skids are always possible.
straight down the roadway. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
Loss of Control . Ease your foot off the
Skidding accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
There are three types of skids that The vehicle may straighten out.
correspond to the vehicle's three Be ready for a second skid if it
control systems: occurs.
. Braking Skid — wheels are not . Slow down and adjust your
rolling. driving according to weather
. Steering or Cornering Skid — conditions. Stopping distance
too much speed or steering in a can be longer and vehicle
The vehicle's right wheels can drop curve causes tires to slip and control can be affected when
off the edge of a road onto the lose cornering force. traction is reduced by water,
shoulder while driving. Follow snow, ice, gravel, or other
. Acceleration Skid — too much material on the road. Learn to
these tips: throttle causes the driving recognize warning clues — such
1. Ease off the accelerator and wheels to spin. as enough water, ice, or packed
then, if there is nothing in the snow on the road to make a
way, steer the vehicle so that it mirrored surface — and slow
straddles the edge of the down when you have any doubt.
pavement.

. Try to avoid sudden steering, Hydroplaning
acceleration, or braking, { WARNING Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's
sudden changes could cause They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the
the tires to slide. quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
Remember: Antilock brakes help enough. When the vehicle is
avoid only the braking skid. lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no
After driving through a large contact with the road.
Driving on Wet Roads puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
Rain and wet roads can reduce hydroplaning. The best advice is to
vehicle traction and affect your pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet.
ability to stop and accelerate. normally.
Always drive slower in these types Flowing or rushing water creates Other Rainy Weather Tips
of driving conditions and avoid strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
driving through large puddles and flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include:
deep‐standing or flowing water. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance.
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
. Pass with caution.
ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape.
through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper
Hill and Mountain Roads
tread depth. See Tires on { WARNING
page 10‑38. Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
. Turn off cruise control.
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for or with the ignition off is
driving in these conditions include: dangerous. The brakes will have
Highway Hypnosis to do all the work of slowing down
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
Always be alert and pay attention to good shape. and they could get so hot that
your surroundings while driving. they would not work well. You
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, would then have poor braking or
safe place to park the vehicle tires, cooling system, and even none going down a hill.
and rest. transmission. Steering may also be affected
. Shift to a lower gear when going when ignition is off. You could
Other driving tips include:
down steep or long hills. crash. Always have the engine
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
running and the vehicle in gear
. Keep the interior
temperature cool.
{ WARNING when going downhill.
. Keep your eyes moving — scan If you do not shift down, the . Stay in your own lane. Do not
the road ahead and to the sides. brakes could get so hot that they
swing wide or cut across the
would not work well. You would
. Check the rearview mirror and center of the road. Drive at
then have poor braking or even speeds that let you stay in your
vehicle instruments often. none going down a hill. You could own lane.
crash. Shift down to let the engine
. Be alert on top of hills;
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope. something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. Blizzard Conditions
signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive
roads, long grades, passing or Being stuck in snow can be a
wheels will spin and polish the
no-passing zones) and take serious situation. Stay with the
surface under the tires even more.
appropriate action. vehicle unless there is help nearby.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) If possible, use Roadside
improves vehicle stability during Assistance. See Roadside
Winter Driving hard stops on slippery roads, but Assistance Program on page 13‑5.
Driving on Snow or Ice apply the brakes sooner than when To get help and keep everyone in
on dry pavement. See Antilock the vehicle safe:
Drive carefully when there is snow Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑32.
or ice between the tires and the . Turn on the hazard warning
road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on flashers.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for . Tie a red cloth to an outside
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can
mirror.
fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in
Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a
freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy { WARNING
treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering Snow can trap engine exhaust
Drive with caution, whatever the maneuvers and braking while under the vehicle. This may
condition. Accelerate gently so on ice. cause exhaust gases to get
traction is not lost. Accelerating too inside. Engine exhaust contains
quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery carbon monoxide (CO) which
and makes the surface under the surfaces.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
tires slick, so there is even less cause unconsciousness and even
traction. death.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
wheels to free the vehicle when
carbon monoxide, see Engine
. Clear away snow from around stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
Exhaust on page 9‑25.
the base of your vehicle, If stuck too severely for the traction
especially any that is blocking system to free the vehicle, turn the
the exhaust pipe. To save fuel, run the engine for only traction system off and use the
short periods as needed to warm rocking method. See Traction
. Check again from time to the vehicle and then shut the engine
time to be sure snow does Control System (TCS) on
off and close the window most of page 9‑34.
not collect there. the way to save heat. Repeat this
. Open a window about 5 cm until help arrives but only when you
(2 in) on the side of the feel really uncomfortable from the { WARNING
vehicle that is away from the cold. Moving about to keep warm If the vehicle's tires spin at high
wind to bring in fresh air. also helps.
speed, they can explode, and you
. Fully open the air outlets on If it takes some time for help to or others could be injured. The
or under the instrument arrive, now and then when you run vehicle can overheat, causing an
panel. the engine, push the accelerator engine compartment fire or other
pedal slightly so the engine runs damage. Spin the wheels as little
. Adjust the climate control
faster than the idle speed. This as possible and avoid going
system to a setting that
keeps the battery charged to restart above 56 km/h (35 mph).
circulates the air inside the the vehicle and to signal for help
vehicle and set the fan speed
with the headlamps. Do this as little
to the highest setting. See
as possible to save fuel.
“Climate Control Systems” in
the Index.
(Continued)
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits WARNING (Continued)

it Out
It is very important to know how
Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can vehicle handles. This could
right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the cause loss of control and a
front wheels. Turn off any traction crash. Overloading can also
vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth shorten the life of the vehicle.
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
forward gear, spinning the wheels occupants, cargo, and all
as little as possible. To prevent nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information
transmission wear, wait until the Two labels on the vehicle show Label
wheels stop spinning before shifting how much weight it may
gears. Release the accelerator properly carry: the Tire and
pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and
lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label.
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions { WARNING
causes a rocking motion that could Do not load the vehicle any
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
heavier than the Gross
might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating
vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the
see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross
page 10‑80. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
This can cause systems to A vehicle-specific Tire and
break and change the way the Loading Information label is
(Continued) attached to the vehicle center
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals
door open, you will find the label rear axle; see “Certification the available amount of cargo
attached below the door lock Label” later in this section. and luggage load capacity.
post. The Tire and Loading For example, if the “XXX”
Steps for Determining Correct
Information label shows the amount equals 1400 lbs and
Load Limit
number of occupant seating there will be five 150 lb
positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement “The passengers in your vehicle,
vehicle capacity weight (2) in combined weight of the amount of available cargo
kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should and luggage load capacity is
The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's = 650 lbs).
Information label also shows the
placard.
tire size of the original 5. Determine the combined
equipment tires (3) and the 2. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and being loaded on the vehicle.
pressures (4). For more passengers that will be riding That weight may not safely
information on tires and inflation in your vehicle. exceed the available cargo
see Tires on page 10‑38 and 3. Subtract the combined and luggage load capacity
Tire Pressure on page 10‑47. weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4.
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or
information on the Certification XXX lbs.
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing (Fuel
Economy Model) on page 9‑54
or Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
Economy Model) on page 9‑54 Example 1 Example 2
for important information on 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
towing a trailer, towing safety Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg
rules, and trailering tips. (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
(300 lbs). (750 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
seating positions. The combined and cargo. Never exceed the

weight of the driver, passengers, GVWR for the vehicle, or the
and cargo should never exceed Gross Axle Weight Rating
the vehicle's capacity weight. (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
Certification Label
And, if you do have a heavy
load, you should spread it out.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.
Example 3 { WARNING
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg Do not load the vehicle any
(1,000 lbs). heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (GVWR), or either the
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example maximum front or rear Gross
(1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
3. Available Cargo Weight = label, found on the vehicle This can cause systems to
0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar), tells you break and change the way the
the gross weight capacity of the vehicle handles. This could
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and cause loss of control and a
Loading Information label for vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR). The crash. Overloading can also
specific information about the shorten the life of the vehicle.
vehicle's capacity weight and GVWR includes the weight of
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel,
If you put things inside the Starting and

vehicle — like suitcases, tools, WARNING (Continued)
packages, or anything else — Operating
. Never stack heavier
they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases,
vehicle goes. If you have to stop New Vehicle Break-In
inside the vehicle so that
or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not
crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
{ WARNING . Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
if you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
Things inside the vehicle can in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow,
strike and injure people in a . Secure loose items in the for the first 805 km (500 mi).
sudden stop or turn, or in a vehicle. Do not make full-throttle
crash. starts. Avoid downshifting to
. Do not leave a seat folded brake or slow the vehicle.
. Put things in the cargo down unless needed.
area of the vehicle. In the . Avoid making hard stops for
cargo area, put them as the first 322 km (200 mi) or
far forward as possible. so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
Try to spread the weight broken in. Hard stops with
evenly. new linings can mean
(Continued) premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Following break‐in, engine speed and turn it only with your hand. Do not turn the engine off when the
and load can be gradually If the key cannot be turned by vehicle is moving. This will cause a
increased. hand, see your dealer. loss of power assist in the brake
The key must be fully extended to and steering systems and disable
Ignition Positions (Key start the vehicle. the airbags.
Access) To shift out of P (Park), turn the If the vehicle must be shut off in an
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the emergency:
brake pedal. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to Neutral. This
active. See Retained Accessory can be done while the vehicle is
Power (RAP) on page 9‑22. moving. After shifting to Neutral,
This is the only position from which continue to firmly apply the
the key can be removed. This locks brakes and steer the vehicle to a
the steering wheel, ignition, and safe location.
The ignition switch has four different automatic transmission. 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
The ignition switch can bind in the to P (Park) with an automatic
positions.
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels transmission, or Neutral with a
Notice: Using a tool to force the manual transmission. Turn the
key to turn in the ignition could turned off center. If this happens,
move the steering wheel from right ignition to LOCK/OFF.
cause damage to the switch or
break the key. Use the correct to left while turning the key to ACC/ 4. Set the parking brake. See
key, make sure it is all the way in, ACCESSORY. If this does not work, Parking Brake on page 9‑33.
then the vehicle needs service.
ventilation fan and 12-volt power If the ignition becomes difficult to

{ WARNING outlet, as well as to display some turn, see Keys on page 2‑1 for more
warning and indicator lights. This information.
Turning off the vehicle while position can also be used for
moving may cause loss of power service and diagnostics, and to Key Lock Release
assist in the brake and steering verify the proper operation of the
systems and disable the airbags. malfunction indicator lamp as may
While driving, only shut the be required for emission inspection
vehicle off in an emergency. purposes. The transmission is also
unlocked in this position on
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, automatic transmission vehicles.
and must be shut off while driving, The battery could be drained if the
turn the ignition to ACC/ key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
ACCESSORY. or ON/RUN position with the engine
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This off. The vehicle might not start if the
position provides power to some of battery is allowed to drain for an
the electrical accessories. It unlocks extended period of time.
the steering wheel and ignition. To 4 (START): This position starts the Vehicles with an automatic
move the key from ACC/ engine. When the engine starts, transmission are equipped with an
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push release the key. The ignition switch electronic key lock release system.
in the key and then turn it to will return to ON/RUN for normal The key lock release is designed to
LOCK/OFF. driving. prevent ignition key removal unless
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch A warning tone sounds when the the shift lever is in P (Park).
stays in this position when the driver door is opened if the ignition The key lock release is always
engine is running. This position can is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the functional except in the case of an
be used to operate the electrical key is in the ignition. uncharged or low voltage (less than
accessories, including the
9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
uncharged battery or a battery with Pressing the button cycles it through If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
low voltage, try charging or jump three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will turn off, and Retained
starting the battery. See Jump ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
Starting on page 10‑77. Engine/OFF. active. See Retained Accessory
If charging or jump starting the The transmitter must be in the Power (RAP) on page 9‑22 for more
battery does not work, locate the vehicle for the system to operate. information.
hole below the ignition lock. Insert a If the pushbutton start is not If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
flat bladed tool or another key from working, the vehicle may be near a ignition will return to ACC/
the key chain into the opening. strong radio antenna signal causing ACCESSORY and the Driver
When the lever can be felt, actuate interference to the keyless access Information Center (DIC) will display
the lever toward the driver, and system. See Remote Keyless Entry the message SHIFT TO PARK in
remove the key from the ignition. (RKE) System Operation on the Driver Information Center (DIC).
page 2‑3 for more information. See Transmission Messages on
Ignition Positions To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle page 5‑32 for more information.
When the vehicle is shifted into
(Keyless Access) must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
P (Park), the ignition system will
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied. switch to OFF.
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No LED Do not turn the engine off when the
Lights): When the vehicle is vehicle is moving. This will cause a
stopped, press the engine START/ loss of power assist in the brake
STOP button once to turn the and steering systems and disable
engine off. the airbags.
The vehicle has an electronic
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an The ignition will switch from ACC/
emergency: { WARNING ACCESSORY to OFF after
1. Brake using a firm and steady five minutes to prevent battery
Turning off the vehicle while rundown.
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering ON/RUN/START (Green LED
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. Light): This mode is for driving and
increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the starting. With the ignition off, and
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. the brake pedal applied, pressing
This can be done while the the button once will place the
vehicle is moving. After shifting ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, Once engine cranking begins,
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
and must be shut off while driving, release the button. Engine cranking
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
press and hold the engine START/ will continue until the engine starts.
safe location.
STOP button for longer than See Starting the Engine on
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift two seconds, or press twice in page 9‑19 for more information. The
to P (Park) with an automatic five seconds. ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
transmission, or Neutral with a
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Service Only Mode
manual transmission. Turn the
Light): This mode allows you to
ignition to LOCK/OFF. This power mode is available for
use some electrical accessories
4. Set the parking brake. See when the engine is off. service and diagnostics, and to
Parking Brake on page 9‑33. verify the proper operation of the
With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may
button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection
pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
The instruments and audio systems Notice: Do not try to shift to components. If the ignition key is
will operate as they do in ON/RUN, P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. turned to the START position,
but the vehicle will not be able to be If you do, you could damage the and then released when the
driven. The engine will not start in transmission. Shift to P (Park) engine begins cranking, the
Service Only Mode. Push the button only when the vehicle is stopped. engine will continue cranking for
again to turn the vehicle off. a few seconds or until the
Manual Transmission vehicle starts. If the engine does
Starting the Engine The shift lever should be in Neutral not start and the key is held in
and the parking brake engaged. START for many seconds,
Place the transmission in the Hold the clutch pedal down to the cranking stops after 15 seconds
proper gear. floor and start the engine. The to prevent cranking motor
Notice: If you add electrical parts vehicle will not start if the clutch damage. To prevent gear
or accessories, you could change pedal is not all the way down. damage, this system also
the way the engine operates. Any prevents cranking if the engine
Starting Procedure (Key Access)
resulting damage would not be is already running. Engine
covered by the vehicle warranty. 1. With your foot off the accelerator cranking can be stopped by
See Add-On Electrical Equipment pedal, turn the ignition key to turning the ignition switch to
on page 9‑56. START. When the engine starts, ACC/ACCESSORY or
let go of the key. The idle speed LOCK/OFF.
Automatic Transmission will go down as the engine Notice: Cranking the engine for
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or warms. Do not race the engine
long periods of time, by returning
N (Neutral). The engine will not start immediately after starting it.
the key to the START position
in any other position. To restart the Allow the oil to warm up and
immediately after cranking has
vehicle when it is already moving, lubricate all moving parts.
ended, can overheat and damage
use N (Neutral) only. The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the
Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the
starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after Starting Procedure (Keyless REPLACE BATTERY IN
five to 10 seconds, especially in Access) REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can
very cold weather (below 0°F or 1. If the vehicle has the keyless still be driven. See “Starting the
−18°C), it could be flooded with access system, the transmitter Vehicle with a Low Transmitter
too much gasoline. Push the must be in the vehicle. Put your Battery” in Remote Keyless
accelerator pedal all the way to foot on the brake pedal and Entry (RKE) System Operation
the floor and hold it there as you push the START/STOP button. on page 2‑3 for more
hold the key in START for a When the engine begins information.
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at cranking, let go of the button. The vehicle has a
least 15 seconds between each Computer-Controlled Cranking
try, to allow the cranking motor The idle speed will go down as
your engine gets warm. Do not System. This feature assists in
to cool. When the engine starts, starting the engine and protects
let go of the key and accelerator. race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the components. If the START
If the vehicle starts briefly but button is pressed, and then
then stops again, repeat the engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and released when the engine
procedure. This clears the extra begins cranking, the engine will
gasoline from the engine. Do not lubricate all moving parts.
continue cranking for a few
race the engine immediately If the transmitter is not in the seconds or until the vehicle
after starting it. Operate the vehicle or something is starts. If the engine does not
engine and transmission gently interfering with the transmitter, start and the button is pressed
until the oil warms up and the Driver Information Center for many seconds, cranking will
lubricates all moving parts. (DIC) will display NO REMOTE be stopped after 15 seconds to
DETECTED. See Driver prevent cranking motor damage.
Information Center (DIC) on To prevent gear damage, this
page 5‑22 for more information. system also prevents cranking if
If the battery in the keyless the engine is already running.
access transmitter needs
replacing, the DIC displays
Engine cranking can be stopped When the engine starts, let go of To Use The Engine Heater
by pressing the START button a the key or button, and the
1. Turn off the engine.
second time. accelerator. If the vehicle starts
Notice: Cranking the engine for briefly but then stops again, do
long periods of time, by returning the same thing. This clears the
the key to the START position extra gasoline from the engine.
immediately after cranking has Do not race the engine
ended, can overheat and damage immediately after starting it.
the cranking motor, and drain the Operate the engine and
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds transmission gently until the oil
between each try, to let the warms up and lubricates all
cranking motor cool down. moving parts.
2. If the engine does not start after Engine Heater

five to 10 seconds, especially in
very cold weather (below −18°C The engine heater, if available, can
help in cold weather conditions at or 1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
too much gasoline. Try pushing below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
the accelerator pedal all the way and better fuel economy during electrical cord. The electrical
to the floor and holding it there engine warm-up. Plug in the heater cord is located on the passenger
as you hold the key in START, at least four hours before starting side of the engine compartment,
or press the START button, for the vehicle. An internal thermostat behind the air cleaner.
up to a maximum of 15 seconds. in the plug end of the cord will
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
Wait at least 15 seconds prevent engine heater operation at
110-volt AC outlet.
between each try, to allow the temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
cranking motor to cool down.
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park

{ WARNING Power (RAP) Use this procedure to shift into
Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories may be P (Park):
ungrounded outlet could cause an used for up to 10 minutes after the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
electrical shock. Also, the wrong engine is turned off: set the parking brake.
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You
. Audio System See Parking Brake on page 9‑33
could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows for more information.
the cord into a properly grounded . Sunroof 2. Hold the button on the shift lever
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. and push the lever toward the
If the cord will not reach, use a The power windows and sunroof will front of the vehicle into P (Park).
heavy-duty three-prong extension continue to work for up to
10 minutes or until any door is 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
opened. The radio will work when Leaving the Vehicle with the
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ Engine Running
4. Before starting the engine, be ACCESSORY. Once the key is
sure to unplug and store the turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
cord as it was before to keep it the radio will continue to work for { WARNING
away from moving engine parts. 10 minutes, or until the driver door is
If you do not it could be It can be dangerous to leave the
opened or the key is removed from
damaged. the ignition. vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on It is dangerous to get out of the
several factors. Ask a dealer in the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
area where you will be parking the in P (Park) with the parking brake
vehicle for the best advice on this. firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Torque Lock Shifting out of Park
Torque lock is when the weight of This vehicle is equipped with an
Do not leave the vehicle when the the vehicle puts too much force on automatic transmission shift lock
engine is running. If you have left the parking pawl in the control system. The shift lock is
the engine running, the vehicle transmission. This happens when designed to:
can move suddenly. You or others parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
. Prevent ignition key removal
could be injured. To be sure the unless the shift lever is in
vehicle will not move, even when done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent P (Park) with the shift lever
you are on fairly level ground, button fully released.
always set the parking brake and torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find . Prevent movement of the shift
move the shift lever to P (Park).
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever out of P (Park) unless the
See Shifting Into Park on
listed previously. ignition is in ON/RUN and the
page 9‑22. If you are towing a
If torque lock does occur, the brake pedal is applied.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑51. vehicle may need to be pushed The shift lock release is always
uphill by another vehicle to relieve functional except in the case of an
the parking pawl pressure, so you uncharged or low voltage (less than
If you have to leave the vehicle with can shift out of P (Park). 9‐volt) battery.
the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking If the vehicle has an uncharged
brake set. battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
Release the button and check that battery. See Jump Starting on
the shift lever cannot be moved out page 10‑77
of P (Park).
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
3. Press the shift lever button. To access the shift lock manual
4. Move the shift lever to the release:
desired position. 1. Apply the parking brake.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
3. Insert a tool into the opening as
If the shift lever still cannot be far as it will go and move the
moved from P (Park), see “Shift shift lever out of P (Park).
Lock Manual Release.” If P (Park) is selected again, the
2. Open the cover to the right of shift lever will be locked again.
Shift Lock Manual Release Have the cause of the problem
the shift lever.
The automatic transmission has an fixed by your dealer.
electric park lock. The key must be 4. Close the cover.
in the ON/RUN position, and the
brake pedal pressed so the shift
lever can be moved from the
P (Park) position. If the battery has
lost power, the shift lever cannot be
moved from P (Park) unless the
shift lock manual release is
disengaged manually.
Parking Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of { WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
parking brake. Once the shift lever monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
has been placed into R (Reverse) seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
with the clutch pedal pressed in, can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF, and even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
release the clutch. coming into the vehicle:
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle . Drive it only with the windows
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑51. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Parking over Things Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or
That Burn sounds strange or different.
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
{ WARNING . The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Things that can burn could touch . The vehicle exhaust system
hot exhaust parts under the has been modified, damaged,
vehicle and ignite. Do not park or improperly repaired.
over papers, leaves, dry grass, (Continued)
or other things that can burn.
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked Transmission
It is better not to park with the The automatic transmission has a
engine running. shift lever located on the console
If the vehicle is left with the engine between the seats.
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑22
and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑25.
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, see Parking on
page 9‑25. English Shown, Metric Similar
If parking on a hill and pulling a P (Park): This position locks the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics drive wheels. It is the best position
and Towing Tips on page 9‑51. to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
The selected gear is also shown in { WARNING

the instrument cluster.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
all the way into P (Park) as you The vehicle has an automatic
WARNING (Continued) maintain brake application. Then neutral shift feature which allows the
press the shift lever button and transmission to automatically shift to
Do not leave the vehicle when the move the shift lever into another N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
engine is running. If you have left gear. See Shifting out of Park on stopped with a forward gear
the engine running, the vehicle page 9‑23. engaged. The reduced load on the
can move suddenly. You or others engine improves vehicle fuel
could be injured. To be sure the R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up. economy.
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
{ WARNING
move the shift lever to P (Park). forward could damage the Shifting into a drive gear while the
See Shifting Into Park on transmission. The repairs would engine is running at high speed is
page 9‑22 and Driving not be covered by the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is
Characteristics and Towing Tips warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only firmly on the brake pedal, the
on page 9‑51. after the vehicle is stopped. vehicle could move very rapidly.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to You could lose control and hit
Make sure the shift lever is fully in get out of snow, ice, or sand without people or objects. Do not shift
P (Park) before starting the engine. damaging the transmission, see If into a drive gear while the engine
The vehicle has an automatic the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. is running at high speed.
transmission shift lock control N (Neutral): In this position, the
system. The regular brake must be engine does not connect with the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
fully applied first and then the shift wheels. To restart the engine when N (Neutral) with the engine
lever button pressed before shifting the vehicle is already moving, use running at high speed may
from P (Park) when the ignition key N (Neutral) only. Also, use damage the transmission. The
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) when the vehicle is repairs would not be covered by
of P (Park), ease pressure on the being towed.
shift lever, then push the shift lever
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Manual Mode 1. Move the shift lever from
engine is not running at high D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or
speed when shifting the vehicle. Driver Shift Control (DSC) (−) manual position.
D (Drive): This position is for All Models Except Fuel Economy
normal driving. It provides the best Model
fuel economy. If more power is
Notice: Driving with the engine at
needed for passing, and the
a high rpm without upshifting
vehicle is:
while using Driver Shift Control
. Going less than 56 km/h (DSC), could damage the vehicle.
(35 mph), push the accelerator Always upshift when necessary
pedal about halfway down. while using DSC.
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or DSC allows you to shift an
more, push the accelerator all automatic transmission similar to a
the way down. manual transmission.
Notice: If the vehicle seems to
accelerate slowly or not shift 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
gears when you go faster, and to upshift or rearward (−) to
you continue to drive the vehicle downshift. An M and the current
that way, you could damage the gear will be displayed in the DIC.
transmission. Have the vehicle
serviced right away.
While using the DSC feature, the When accelerating the vehicle from manual mode and the driving
vehicle will have firmer, quicker a stop in snowy and icy conditions, conditions when manual mode was
shifting. You can use this for sport you may want to shift into second selected.
driving or when climbing or gear. A higher gear allows the 1. Move the shift lever from
descending hills, to stay in gear vehicle to gain more traction on D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or
longer, or to downshift for more slippery surfaces. (−) manual position.
power or engine braking.
Electronic Range Select 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
The transmission will only allow you (ERS) Mode to upshift or rearward (−) to
to shift into gears appropriate for the downshift. An M and the current
vehicle speed and engine Fuel Economy Model
gear will be displayed in the DIC.
revolutions per minute (rpm). The Notice: If you drive the vehicle at
transmission will not automatically When shifting to M (Manual Mode),
a high rpm without upshifting
shift to the next lower gear if the the transmission will shift to the
while using Electronic Range
engine rpm is too high, nor to the range of the current gear. For this
Select (ERS), you could damage
next higher gear when the maximum range, the highest gear available is
the vehicle. Always upshift when
engine rpm is reached. displayed next to the M in the DIC.
necessary while using ERS.
If shifting is prevented for any ERS allows for the selection of the on page 5‑22 for more information.
reason, the currently selected gear range of gear positions. Use this All gears below that number are
will flash multiple times, indicating mode when driving downhill or available to use. For example, when
that the transmission has not shifted towing a trailer to limit the top gear 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
gears. and vehicle speed. The shift 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
While in the DSC mode, the position indicator within the Driver shifted automatically. To shift to
transmission will automatically Information Center (DIC) will display 5 (Fifth) gear, press the shift lever
downshift when the vehicle comes a number next to the M indicating forward (+) to upshift or shift into
to a stop. This will allow for more the highest available gear under D (Drive).
power during take-off.
M (Manual Mode) will prevent Manual Transmission cause premature wear in the
shifting to a lower gear range if the clutch. The repairs would not be
engine speed is too high. If vehicle Shift Pattern covered by the vehicle warranty.
speed is not reduced within the time 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
allowed, the lower gear range shift fully to the pedal stop and shift into
will not be completed. Slow the 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
vehicle, then press the shift lever clutch pedal as you press the
rearward (−) to downshift to the accelerator pedal.
desired lower gear range.
All Models Fuel Economy If you come to a complete stop and
While using the ERS, cruise control it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put
can be used. Except Fuel Model
Economy Model the shift lever in Neutral and let up
on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
These are the shift patterns for the back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
six-speed manual transmissions. 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
To operate the transmissions: fully to the pedal stop as you let up
on the accelerator pedal and shift
Notice: Do not rest your hand on into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
the shift lever while driving. The on the clutch pedal as you press the
pressure could cause premature accelerator pedal.
wear in the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Notice: Do not rest your foot on
the clutch pedal while driving or
while stopped. The pressure can
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and To stop, let up on the accelerator into R (Reverse). Let up on the
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), pedal and press the brake pedal. clutch pedal slowly while pressing
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the Just before the vehicle stops, press the accelerator pedal.
same way you do for 2 (Second). the clutch pedal and the brake If the gear does not engage, shift
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal, and shift to Neutral. the transmission to Neutral, release
you press the accelerator pedal. Neutral: Use this position when the clutch pedal and press it back
For the best fuel economy, use you start or idle the engine. The down. Repeat the gear selection.
6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle shift lever is in Neutral when it is
speed and driving conditions allow. centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear.
{ WARNING
If you skip a gear when you
downshift, you could lose control
of the vehicle. You could injure
yourself or others. Do not shift
down more than one gear at a
time when you downshift.
An up-shift light in the instrument
cluster indicates when to shift to the
next higher gear for the best fuel Notice: Do not skip gears while
economy. upshifting. This can cause
premature wear in the
During normal driving, upshifts transmission. The repairs would
should occur between 1,300 and not be covered by the vehicle
2,500 rpm, and downshifts should warranty.
occur between 1,500 and
1,000 rpm. R (Reverse): To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
the ring on the shift lever, and shift
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
When the vehicle begins to drive normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
A momentary motor or clicking noise
the driver steer around the obstacle
might be heard while this test is ABS allows the driver to steer and
while braking hard.
going on, and it might even be brake at the same time. In many
noticed that the brake pedal moves As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑16.
Parking Brake 2. Pull the parking brake handle up Brake Assist

until you can press the release
button. This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
3. Hold the release button in as in stopping or decreasing vehicle
you move the brake handle all speed in emergency driving
the way down. conditions. This feature uses the
Notice: Driving with the parking stability system hydraulic brake
brake on can overheat the brake control module to supplement the
system and cause premature power brake system under
wear or damage to brake system conditions where the driver has
parts. Make sure that the parking quickly and forcefully applied the
brake is fully released and the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
brake warning light is off before stop or slow down the vehicle. The
driving. stability system hydraulic brake
To apply the parking brake, pull up control module increases brake
on the parking brake handle. It is Driving with the parking brake
pressure at each corner of the
not necessary to push in on the applied will cause a warning chime
vehicle until the ABS activates.
release button while applying the to sound and the RELEASE
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
parking brake. If the ignition is in the PARKING BRAKE message to
pedal movement during this time is
ON/RUN position, the brake system appear in the DIC. The message will
normal and the driver should
warning light will come on. See remain on until the parking brake is
continue to apply the brake pedal as
Brake System Warning Light on released or the vehicle is stopped.
the driving situation dictates. The
page 5‑16. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake assist feature will
To release the parking brake: is pulling a trailer, see Driving automatically disengage when the
Characteristics and Towing Tips on brake pedal is released or brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down. page 9‑51. pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Ride Control Systems 3. Start the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at a
Traction Control speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
System (TCS) your dealer for service.
The vehicle has a Traction Control A chime may also sound when the
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. TCS/StabiliTrak Light light comes on steady.
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the d flashes to indicate that the Notice: Do not repeatedly brake
system operates if it senses that traction control system is active. or accelerate heavily when TCS is
one or both of the front wheels are off. The vehicle's driveline could
If there is a problem detected with
spinning or beginning to lose be damaged.
TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
traction. When this happens, the
CONTROL and SERVICE
system brakes the spinning
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
wheel(s), and/or reduces engine
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
power to limit wheel spin.
See Vehicle Messages on
The system may be heard or felt page 5‑26. When this message is
while it is working, but this is displayed and d comes on and
normal. stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive TCS/StabiliTrak Button
TCS is on whenever the vehicle is but the system is not operational. g is located on the console.
started. To limit wheel spin, Driving should be adjusted
especially in slippery road accordingly.
conditions, the system should
always be left on. But, TCS can be If d comes on and stays on, reset
turned off if needed. the system:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
cruise control button to reengage StabiliTrak is on automatically

when road conditions allow. See whenever the vehicle is started. To
Cruise Control on page 9‑36. assist with directional control of the
Adding non-GM accessories can vehicle, the system should always
affect the vehicle's performance. be left on.
See Accessories and Modifications
TCS Off Light on page 10‑3.
TCS can be turned off by pressing
and releasing g. When TCS is StabiliTrak® System
turned off, i comes on and the The vehicle has a vehicle stability
system will not limit wheel spin. enhancement system called TCS/StabiliTrak Light
Driving should be adjusted StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that When the stability control system
accordingly. Press and release g
again to turn the system back on. assists with directional control of the activates, d flashes on in the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions. instrument cluster. This also occurs
It may be necessary to turn the when traction control is activated.
system off if the vehicle gets stuck StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference A noise may be heard or vibration
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking may be felt in the brake pedal. This
the vehicle is required. See If the between the intended path, and the
direction the vehicle is actually is normal. Continue to steer the
Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. See vehicle in the intended direction.
also Winter Driving on page 9‑8 for traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
information on using TCS when applies braking pressure at any one If there is a problem detected with
driving in snowy or icy conditions. of the vehicle's brakes to help steer StabiliTrak, SERVICE
the vehicle in the intended direction. STABILITRAK is displayed on the
If cruise control is being used when Driver Information Center (DIC).
TCS activates, cruise control will See Vehicle Messages on
automatically disengage. Press the page 5‑26. When this message is
displayed and/or d comes on and
stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive Cruise Control

but the system is not operational.
Driving should be adjusted For vehicles with cruise control, the
accordingly. vehicle can maintain a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more
If d comes on and stays on, reset without keeping your foot on the
the system: StabiliTrak Off TCS Off Light accelerator. Cruise control does not
1. Stop the vehicle. Light work at speeds below 40 km/h
(25 mph).
2. Turn the engine off and wait
StabiliTrak can be turned off if If the brakes are applied, the cruise
15 seconds.
needed by pressing and holding g control shuts off.
3. Start the engine.
until g and i come on in the The vehicle has a Traction Control
If d still comes on and stays on at a instrument cluster. When StabiliTrak System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see is turned off, the system will not that begins to limit wheel spin while
your dealer for service. assist with directional control of the using cruise control and the cruise
vehicle or limit wheel spin. Driving control will automatically disengage.
should be adjusted accordingly. See Traction Control System (TCS)
Press and release g again to turn on page 9‑34 or StabiliTrak® System
the system back on. on page 9‑35. When road conditions
allow you to safely use it again, the
If cruise control is being used when cruise control can be turned on.
StabiliTrak activates, cruise control
TCS/StabiliTrak Button will automatically disengage. Press
g is on the console. the cruise control button to
reengage when road conditions
allow. See Cruise Control on
page 9‑36.
Setting Cruise Control

{ WARNING If the cruise button is on when not in
Cruise control can be dangerous use, it could get bumped and go into
where you cannot drive safely at cruise when not desired. Keep the
a steady speed. So, do not use cruise control switch off when cruise
the cruise control on winding is not being used.
roads or in heavy traffic. 1. Press 1.
Cruise control can be dangerous 2. Get to the speed desired.
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can 3. Move the thumbwheel down and
cause excessive wheel slip, and release it.
you could lose control. Do not use 4. Take your foot off the accelerator
cruise control on slippery roads. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the pedal.
cruise control system on and off.
Resuming a Set Speed
RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate):
Move the thumbwheel up to resume If the cruise control is set at a
a previously set speed or to desired speed and then the brakes
accelerate. or clutch for manual transmissions
are applied, the cruise control is
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the disengaged without erasing the set
thumbwheel down to set a speed or speed from memory.
to make the vehicle decelerate.
Once the vehicle reaches about
* (Cancel): Press to disengage 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
cruise control without erasing the thumbwheel up toward RES/+
set speed from memory. briefly. The vehicle returns to the
speed selected previously and stays
there.
Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control
Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward
SET/− briefly. Each time this is There are three ways to end cruise
If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about control:
already activated: 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. . To disengage cruise control,
. Move the thumbwheel up toward step lightly on the brake pedal or
Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the clutch for a manual transmission.
Using Cruise Control
desired speed is reached, then
release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
. Press * on the steering wheel.
increase the vehicle speed. When . To turn off cruise control, press
. To increase the speed in small
you take your foot off the pedal, the 1 on the steering wheel.
amounts, move the thumbwheel
vehicle slows down to the previous
up toward RES/+ briefly and Erasing Speed Memory
set cruise control speed.
then release it. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. erased from memory if 1 is pressed
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle or if the ignition is turned off.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
If the cruise control system is
you might have to step on the
already activated:
accelerator pedal to maintain the
. Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
applied, the cruise control is
disengaged.
Object Detection WARNING (Continued)

To be detected, objects must be at
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and
Systems check the area around the vehicle
below trunk level. Objects must also
be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear
and check all mirrors before
Ultrasonic Parking Assist backing.
bumper. The distance objects can
be detected may be less during
The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist warmer or humid weather.
(URPA) system assists the driver
with parking and avoiding objects How the System Works Turning the System On and Off
while in R (Reverse). URPA URPA comes on automatically when The URPA system can be turned on
operates at speeds less than 8 km/h the shift lever is moved into and off using the infotainment
(5 mph). The sensors on the rear R (Reverse). A single tone sounds system controls. See Vehicle
bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m to indicate the system is working. Personalization on page 5‑32.
(8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least
URPA operates only at speeds less When the system is off, PARK
20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
than 8 km/h (5 mph). ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver
{ WARNING An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
Information Center (DIC). The
message disappears after a short
The URPA system does not beeps becomes shorter as the period of time.
detect children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. URPA defaults to the on setting
bicyclists, animals, or objects When the distance is less than each time the vehicle is started.
below the bumper or that are too 30 cm (12 in), the beeping is a
close or too far from the vehicle. continuous tone for five seconds.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with URPA, always
(Continued)
When the System Does Not PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA Side Blind Zone
Seem to Work Properly system does not activate due to a
temporary condition, the message
Alert (SBZA)
The following messages may be displays on the DIC. This can occur The vehicle may have a Side Blind
displayed on the DIC: under the following conditions: Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If . The driver has disabled the this entire section before using the
this message occurs, check the system. system.
following conditions:
. An object was hanging out of the
. The ultrasonic sensors are not trunk during the last drive cycle.
{ WARNING
clean. Keep the vehicle's rear Once the object is removed,
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, SBZA does not detect vehicles
URPA will return to normal rapidly approaching outside of the
ice, and slush. For cleaning operation.
instructions, see Exterior Care side blind zones, pedestrians,
on page 10‑83. . The bumper is damaged. Take bicyclists, or animals. Failure to
the vehicle to your dealer to use proper care when changing
. The park assist sensors are repair the system. lanes may result in injury, death,
covered by frost or ice. Frost or
. Other conditions, such as or vehicle damage. Before
ice can form around and behind
the sensors and may not always vibrations from a jackhammer or making a lane change, always
be seen; this can occur after the compression of air brakes on check mirrors, glance over your
washing the vehicle in cold a very large truck, are affecting shoulder, and use the turn
weather. The message may not system performance. signals.
clear until the frost or ice has
melted. When the system detects a vehicle
If the above conditions do not exist, in the side blind zone, amber SBZA
take the vehicle to your dealer to displays will light up in the side
repair the system. mirrors. This indicates that it may be
unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, always How the System Works may come on when a vehicle you
check the SBZA display, check the have passed remains in or drops
outside and rearview mirrors, look back into the detection zone.
over your shoulder for vehicles and SBZA can be disabled through
hazards, and use the turn signal. vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
SBZA Detection Zones Personalization on page 5‑32 for
more information. If the SBZA is
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror disabled by the driver, the SBZA
approximately one lane over from Display Display mirror displays will not light up
both sides of the vehicle, during normal driving.
or 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at When the vehicle is started, both
each side mirror and goes back outside mirror displays will briefly When the System Does Not Seem
approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The come on to indicate that the system to Work Properly
height of the zone is approximately is operating. While driving forward, Occasional missed alerts can occur
between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and the left or right side mirror SBZA under normal circumstances and will
2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. display will light up if a vehicle is increase in wet conditions. The
The SBZA detection zones do not detected in that blind zone. If you system does not need to be
change if the vehicle is towing a activate a turn signal and a vehicle serviced due to an occasional
trailer. So be extra careful when has been detected on the same missed alert. The number of missed
changing lanes while towing a side, the SBZA display will flash to alerts will increase with increased
trailer. give you extra warning not to rainfall or road spray.
change lanes.
If the SBZA displays do not light up
SBZA displays may not come on when the system is on and vehicles
while the vehicle is quickly are in the blind zone, the system
approaching or passing other may need service. Take the vehicle
vehicles. However, SBZA displays to your dealer.
SBZA is designed to ignore personalization. The On option will SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
stationary objects; however, the not be selectable if the conditions SYSTEM: If this message appears,
system may occasionally light up for normal system operation are not the system needs service. Take the
due to guard rails, signs, trees, met. Until normal operating vehicle to your dealer.
shrubs, and other stationary objects. conditions for SBZA are met, you
This is normal system operation; the should not rely upon SBZA while FCC Information
vehicle does not need service. driving. See Radio Frequency Statement on
SBZA does not operate when the page 13‑15 for information
SBZA Error Messages
left or right corners of the rear regarding Part 15 of the Federal
bumper are covered with mud, dirt, The following messages may Communications Commission (FCC)
snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy appear on the infotainment display: rules and Industry Canada
rainstorms. For cleaning SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF: Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
instructions, see Exterior Care on This message indicates that the
page 10‑83. If the infotainment driver has turned the system off. Rear Vision
display still shows the SIDE SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM Camera (RVC)
DETECTION SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE: This message
UNAVAILABLE message after This vehicle may have the RVC
indicates that the SBZA system is system. Read this entire section
cleaning the bumper, see your disabled because the sensor is
dealer. before using it.
blocked and cannot detect vehicles
The SBZA displays may remain on in the blind zone. The sensor may The RVC system can assist the
if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, driver when backing up by
or a bicycle or object is extending or slush. This message may also displaying a view of the area behind
out to either side of the vehicle. activate during heavy rain or due to the vehicle.
When SBZA is disabled for any road spray. The vehicle does not
reason other than the driver turning need service. For cleaning, see
it off, the driver will not be able to Exterior Care on page 10‑83.
turn SBZA back on using vehicle
To cancel the delay, do one of the Symbols

{ WARNING following: The system may have a feature that
The RVC system does not display . Press a hard key on the lets the driver view symbols on the
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, infotainment system. infotainment screen while using the
animals, or any other object . Shift into P (Park). RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park
located outside the camera's field Assist (URPA) system must not be
. Reach a vehicle speed of disabled to use the caution symbols.
of view, below the bumper,
8 km/h (5 mph). The error message Rear Parking
or under the vehicle. Perceived
Turning the Rear Vision Camera Assist Symbols Unavailable may
distances may be different from
System On or Off display if URPA has been disabled
actual distances. Do not back the
and the symbols have been turned
vehicle using only the RVC To turn the RVC system on or off: on. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
screen, during longer, higher on page 9‑39.
speed backing maneuvers, 1. Shift into P (Park).
or where there could be cross 2. Press the CONFIG button to The symbols appear and may cover
traffic. Failure to use proper care enter the configure menu an object when viewing the
before backing may result in options. infotainment screen when an object
injury, death, or vehicle damage. is detected by the URPA system.
3. Select Display.
Always check behind and around To turn the symbols on or off:
the vehicle before backing. 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
1. Shift into P (Park).
5. Select Camera. When a
checkmark appears next to the 2. Press the CONFIG button to
An image appears on the enter the configure menu
Camera option, then the RVC
infotainment screen when the options.
system is on.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
The infotainment screen goes to the 3. Select Display.
previous screen after approximately 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
10 seconds once the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse).
5. Select Symbols. When a Guidelines If any other problem occurs or if a

checkmark appears next to the The RVC system may have a problem persists, see your dealer.
Symbols option, symbols will guideline overlay that can help the
appear. Rear Vision Camera Location
driver align the vehicle when
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) backing into a parking spot.
On vehicles with the RCTA, a To turn the guidelines on or off:
warning triangle with an arrow may 1. Shift into P (Park).
also display on the RVC screen to
warn of traffic coming from either 2. Press the CONFIG button to
direction. Three beeps will sound enter the configure menu
from the speaker on that side. This options.
system detects objects coming from 3. Select Display.
up to 30 m (98 ft) from the left or
right side behind the vehicle. The 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
RCTA system will not work properly 5. Select Guidelines. When a
if ice, snow, mud, or anything else checkmark appears next to the
builds up on the rear bumper Guidelines option, guidelines will The camera is above the license
sensors. appear. plate.
Use caution while backing up when Rear Vision Camera Error The area displayed by the camera is
towing a trailer, as the RCTA Messages limited. It does not display objects
detection zones that extend out that are close to either corner or
from the back of your vehicle do not SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM: This message can under the bumper and can vary
move further back when a trailer is depending on vehicle orientation or
display when the system is not
towed. road conditions. The distance of the
receiving information it requires from
other vehicle systems. image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
The following illustration shows the

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
field of view that the camera builds up on the camera lens.
provides. Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
. The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
1. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the
2. Corner of the rear bumper. camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
When the System Does Not dealer.
Seem to Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
1. View displayed by the camera. . The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the Rear Camera
System On or Off” earlier in this
section.
. It is dark.
. The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
into the camera lens.
Fuel Gasolines containing oxygenates,

such as ethers and ethanol, as well
Use of the recommended fuel is an as reformulated gasolines are
important part of the proper available in some cities. If these
maintenance of this vehicle. To help gasolines comply with the
keep the engine clean and maintain previousely described specification,
optimum vehicle performance, we then they are acceptable to use.
recommend the use of gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent other fuels containing more than
Gasoline. 15% ethanol must be used only in
Look for the TOP TIER label on the flex fuel vehicles.
fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
enhanced detergency standards
Recommended Fuel
{ CAUTION
developed by auto companies. A list
of marketers providing TOP TIER Use regular unleaded gasoline with Do not use fuel containing
Detergent Gasoline can be found at a posted octane rating of 87 or methanol. It can corrode metal
www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER higher. If the octane rating is less parts in the fuel system and also
gasoline is only available in the U.S. than 87, an audible knocking noise, damage plastic and rubber parts.
and Canada. commonly referred to as spark That damage would not be
knock, might be heard when driving. covered under the vehicle
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated warranty.
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard Some gasolines that are not
when using gasoline rated at reformulated for low emissions can
87 octane or higher, the engine contain an octane-enhancing
needs service. additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines with MMT as they can Standards, the vehicle will operate caused by use of improper fuel
reduce spark plug life and affect satisfactorily on fuels meeting would not be covered by the vehicle
emission control system federal specifications, but emission warranty.
performance. The malfunction control system performance might
indicator lamp may turn on. If this be affected. The malfunction Fuel Additives
occurs, see your dealer for service. indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
in the United States are now
Gasoline Specifications See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
required to contain additives that
page 5‑13. If this occurs, return to
At a minimum, gasoline should meet your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system
ASTM specification D 4814. Some If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the
gasolines contain an is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work
octane-enhancing additive called repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel.
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend However, some gasolines contain
against the use of gasolines only the minimum amount of
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
Fuels in Foreign additive required to meet U.S.
on page 9‑47. Countries Environmental Protection Agency
If planning to drive in countries regulations. To help keep fuel
California Fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the injectors and intake valves clean
and avoid problems due to dirty
Requirements proper fuel might be hard to find.
injectors or valves, look for gasoline
Check regional auto club or fuel
If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability that is advertised as TOP TIER
California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never Detergent Gasoline. Look for the
designed to operate on fuels that use leaded gasoline, fuel containing TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to
meet California specifications. See methanol, or any other fuel not ensure gasoline meets enhanced
the underhood emission control recommended. Costly repairs detergency standards developed by
label. If this fuel is not available in the auto companies. A list of
states adopting California Emissions
marketers providing TOP TIER Notice: This vehicle was not Filling the Tank
Detergent Gasoline can be found at designed for fuel that contains
www.toptiergas.com. methanol. Do not use fuel
For customers who do not use TOP containing methanol. It can { WARNING
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, corrode metal parts in the fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
one bottle of Fuel System Treatment system and also damage plastic
violently and can cause injury or
PLUS, part number 88861013, and rubber parts. That damage
death.
added to the fuel tank at every would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty. . To help avoid injuries to you
engine oil change, can help clean
and others, read and follow
deposits from fuel injectors and Some gasolines that are not
all the instructions on the fuel
intake valves. GM Fuel System reformulated for low emissions can
pump island.
Treatment PLUS is the only contain an octane-enhancing
gasoline additive recommended by additive called . Turn off the engine when
General Motors. It is available at methylcyclopentadienyl manganese refueling.
your dealer. tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant . Keep sparks, flames, and
Gasolines containing oxygenates, where you buy gasoline whether the smoking materials away
such as ethers and ethanol, and fuel contains MMT. We recommend from fuel.
reformulated gasolines might be against the use of such gasolines.
Fuels containing MMT can reduce . Do not leave the fuel pump
available in your area. We unattended.
recommend that you use these spark plug life and affect emission
gasolines, if they comply with the control system performance. The . Do not reenter the vehicle
specifications described earlier. malfunction indicator lamp might while pumping fuel.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.
. Keep children away from the
other fuels containing more than fuel pump and never let
15% ethanol must not be used in children pump fuel.
vehicles that were not designed for
(Continued)
those fuels.
The tethered fuel cap is behind the

WARNING (Continued) fuel door on the vehicle's passenger { WARNING
side. To open the fuel door, push the
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel rearward center edge in and If a fire starts while you are
cap is opened too quickly. release. When applied pressure is refueling, do not remove the
This spray can happen if the removed, the fuel door will spring nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
tank is nearly full, and is partially open. shutting off the pump or by
more likely in hot weather. notifying the station attendant.
Open the fuel cap slowly and Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise Leave the area immediately.
wait for any hiss noise to stop to remove. Reinstall the cap by
then unscrew the cap all turning it clockwise until it clicks.
the way Notice: If a new fuel cap is
If the cap is not properly installed,
needed, be sure to get the right
the malfunction indicator lamp will
type of cap from your dealer. The
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
wrong type of fuel cap might not
Lamp on page 5‑13 for more
fit properly, might cause the
information.
malfunction indicator lamp to
Do not top off or overfill the tank. light, and could damage the fuel
Wait a few seconds before removing tank and emissions system. See
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
surfaces as soon as possible. See page 5‑13.
Exterior Care on page 10‑83.
Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing

Container
. Place the nozzle inside the fill General Towing
{ WARNING opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
Information
Filling a portable fuel container keep it in contact with the fill Only use towing equipment that has
while it is in the vehicle can cause opening until filling is been designed for the vehicle.
fuel vapors that can ignite either complete. Contact your dealer or trailering
by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing
. Fill the container no more the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
means. You or others could be than 95% full to allow for the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle expansion. trailer.
could be damaged. Always:
. Do not smoke, light matches, For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel or use lighters while Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑80.
containers. pumping fuel. For towing the vehicle behind
. Remove the container from . Avoid using cell phones or another vehicle such as a motor
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup other electronic devices. home, see Recreational Vehicle
bed before filling. Towing on page 10‑80.
. Place the container on the
ground.
(Continued)
Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain

and Towing Tips
{ WARNING amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
Driving with a Trailer gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig
. Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road.
and local laws that apply window is open.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
specifically to trailer towing. When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety
. Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
damage to the engine, axle or window open. electric brakes, start the
other parts. combination moving and then apply
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand
. Then, during the first 800 km or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work.
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not panel.
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and During the trip, check occasionally
do not make starts at full throttle.
. Also adjust the Climate to be sure that the load is secure
Control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer
. Vehicles with automatic that brings in only outside air. brakes still work.
transmissions can tow in D See “Climate Control
(Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is Systems” in the Index.
recommended. See Manual
Mode on page 9‑28. Use a lower For more information about
gear if the transmission shifts Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
too often. For vehicles with a Exhaust on page 9‑25.
manual transmission, it is better
not to use the highest gear.
Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a

System Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer
When towing, the sound of the wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the
stability control system might be trailer to the left, move your hand to instrument cluster flash whenever
heard. The system is reacting to the the left. To move the trailer to the signaling a turn or lane change.
vehicle movement caused by the right, move your hand to the right. Properly hooked up, the trailer
trailer, which mainly occurs during Always back up slowly and, lamps also flash, telling other
cornering. This is normal when if possible, have someone drivers the vehicle is turning,
towing heavier trailers. guide you. changing lanes or stopping.
Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations vehicle. The vehicle could be working.
that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very
sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. Driving on Grades
Passing When turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a lower
wider turns than normal so the gear before starting down a long or
More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, steep downgrade. If the
when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees or other transmission is not shifted down, the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in brakes might have to be used so
farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden much that they would get hot and no
before returning to the lane. maneuvers. longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill: 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
steep uphill grades, engine coolant 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
boils at a lower temperature than at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn clear of the chocks.
normal altitudes. If the engine is the wheels into the curb if facing
turned off immediately after towing 4. Stop and have someone pick up
downhill or into traffic if facing and store the chocks.
at high altitude on steep uphill uphill.
grades, the vehicle could show
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance When Trailer
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run under the trailer wheels. Towing
while parked, preferably on level 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more
ground, with the transmission in place, release the brake pedal often when pulling a trailer. See the
P (Park) for a few minutes before until the chocks absorb the load. Maintenance Schedule on
turning the engine off. If the page 11‑2. Things that are
overheat warning comes on, see 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then especially important in trailer
Engine Overheating on page 10‑19. apply the parking brake and shift operation are automatic
into P (Park) for vehicles with an transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
Parking on Hills automatic transmission or into lubricant, belts, cooling system and
gear for vehicles with a manual brake system. Inspect these before
{ WARNING transmission. and during the trip.
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
wrong, the rig could start to move. while you:
People can be injured, and both
. Start the engine.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always . Shift into a gear.
park the rig on a flat surface. . Release the parking brake.
Engine Cooling When Trailer Weight of the Trailer Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Towing How heavy can a trailer safely be? The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
The cooling system may temporarily It should never weigh more than an important weight to measure
overheat during severe operating 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that because it affects the total gross
conditions. See Engine Overheating can be too heavy. weight of the vehicle. The Gross
on page 10‑19. Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
It depends on how the rig is used. curb weight of the vehicle, any
Trailer Towing (Fuel For example, speed, altitude, road cargo carried in it, and the people
grades, outside temperature, and who will be riding in the vehicle.
Economy Model) how much the vehicle is used to pull If there are a lot of options,
The vehicle is neither designed nor a trailer are all important. It can equipment, passengers, or cargo in
intended to tow a trailer. depend on any special equipment the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
on the vehicle, and the amount of weight the vehicle can carry, which
Trailer Towing (Except tongue weight the vehicle can carry. will also reduce the trailer weight the
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
Fuel Economy Model) later in this section. the tongue load must be added to
Before pulling a trailer, there are Maximum trailer weight is calculated the GVW because the vehicle will
three important considerations that assuming only the driver is in the be carrying that weight, too. See
have to do with weight: tow vehicle and it has all the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.
. The weight of the trailer. required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
. The weight of the trailer tongue. equipment, passengers, and cargo
. The total weight on your in the tow vehicle must be
vehicle's tires. subtracted from the maximum trailer
weight.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice .
on the Tire and Loading Information exhaust can get into the vehicle.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑10. Make sure not to go over page 9‑25.
the GVW limit for the vehicle,
including the weight of the trailer Safety Chains
tongue. Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
Towing Equipment safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Hitches from contacting the road if it
Use the correct hitch equipment. becomes separated from the hitch.
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for Leave enough slack so the rig can
assistance. turn. Never allow safety chains to
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
drag on the ground.
10 to 15 percent of the total loaded . The rear bumper on the vehicle
trailer weight (2). is not intended for hitches. Do Trailer Brakes
After loading the trailer, weigh the not attach rental hitches or other
Does the trailer have its own
trailer and then the tongue, bumper-type hitches to it. Use
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
separately, to see if the weights are only a frame-mounted hitch that the instructions for the trailer brakes
proper. If they are not, adjustments does not attach to the bumper. so they are installed, adjusted, and
might be made by moving some . Will any holes be made in the maintained properly.
items around in the trailer. body of the vehicle when the
Because the vehicle has antilock
trailer hitch is installed? If so,
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
seal the holes when the hitch is brake system. If this is done, both
Tires removed. If the holes are not
brake systems will not work well,
Be sure the vehicle's tires are sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
or at all.
inflated to the upper limit for cold carbon monoxide (CO) from the
tires. These numbers can be found
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Some electrical
equipment can damage the
vehicle or cause components to
not work and would not be
covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑28 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑29.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Overheated Engine
Vehicle Care Protection
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-29
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-31
General Information Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-32
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
California Proposition Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-24 Electrical System
California Perchlorate Automatic Transmission Shift Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Lock Control Function Fuses and Circuit
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Compartment Fuse
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse
Doing Your Own Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Wiper Blade Wheels and Tires
Engine Compartment Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-41
Manual Transmission Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Terminology and
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Signal and Parking Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Towing General Information

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Recreational Vehicle For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 your dealer. You will receive
When It Is Time for New genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Appearance Care and supported service people.
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86 Genuine GM parts have one of
Different Size Tires and these marks:
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-58
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-77
Jump Starting California Proposition
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks
other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and
exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock
many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own
wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work
emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause
California Perchlorate
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ WARNING
Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have
Certain types of automotive the proper knowledge, service
installation or use of non‐GM
applications, such as airbag manual, tools, or parts. Always
certified parts, including control
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is
and lithium batteries contained in and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for service work.
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service
perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
Modifications installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13‑11.
can affect vehicle performance and page 3‑29.
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑28.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11‑15.
Notice: Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and
contaminants to contact the push the secondary hood
fluids, reservoir caps, release handle toward the driver
or dipsticks. side of the vehicle.
1. Pull up on the hood release
handle. It is located inside the
vehicle to the left of the steering
column.
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot on the underside of the hood
and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must click
into place when returning it to
the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
3. Lift the hood and release the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release it
located above the radiator. so it fully latches. Check to
Securely place the hood prop make sure the hood is closed
into the slot on the underside of and repeat the process if
the hood. necessary.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Engine Compartment Fuse

page 10‑13. Block on page 10‑33.
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
“Checking Engine Oil” under Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of page 10‑20.
View). See Cooling System on
page 10‑15.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine
Oil on page 10‑9.
5. Remote Negative (-) Grounding
Point. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑77.
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes
on page 10‑21 and Hydraulic
Clutch on page 10‑13.
7. Battery on page 10‑24.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑15.
9. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑77.
10-8 Vehicle Care
1.8L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Engine Compartment Fuse

. Change the engine oil at the
page 10‑13. Block on page 10‑33. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑11.
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
“Checking Engine Oil” under Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
. Always dispose of engine oil
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Fluid” under Washer Fluid on properly. See “What to Do with
page 10‑20. Used Oil” in this section.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System on Checking Engine Oil
page 10‑15. Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When To ensure proper engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine performance and long life, careful get an accurate reading, the vehicle
Oil on page 10‑9. attention must be paid to engine oil. must be on level ground. The
Following these simple, but engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
5. Remote Negative (-) Grounding important steps will help protect
Point. See Jump Starting on See Engine Compartment Overview
your investment: on page 10‑6 for the location of the
page 10‑77.
. Always use engine oil approved engine oil dipstick.
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. to the proper specification and of
See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes Obtaining an accurate oil level
the proper viscosity grade. See reading is essential:
on page 10‑21 and Hydraulic “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
Clutch on page 10‑13. in this section. 1. If the engine has been running
7. Battery on page 10‑24. recently, turn off the engine and
. Check the engine oil level allow several minutes for the oil
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and regularly and maintain the to drain back into the oil pan.
Pressure Cap. See Cooling proper oil level. See “Checking Checking the oil level too soon
System on page 10‑15. Engine Oil” and “When to Add after engine shutoff will not
Engine Oil” in this section. provide an accurate oil level
9. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on reading.
page 10‑77.
10-10 Vehicle Care
what kind of oil to use. For engine Add enough oil to put the level
{ WARNING oil crankcase capacity, see somewhere in the proper operating
Capacities and Specifications on range. Push the dipstick all the way
The engine oil dipstick handle page 12‑2. back in when through.
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil
dipstick handle. Oil levels above or below the
acceptable operating range Selecting the right engine oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful depends on both the proper oil
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade.
with a paper towel or cloth, then have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and
push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level Specification
down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper Use and ask for licensed engine oils
When to Add Engine Oil with the dexos1® approved
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain certification mark. Engine oils
out the excess oil or limit driving meeting the requirements for the
of the vehicle and seek a service vehicle should have the dexos1
professional to remove the approved certification mark. This
excess amount of oil. certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
See Engine Compartment Overview specification.
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap.
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
Vehicle Care 10-11
of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the
always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the
specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products.
earlier in this section for more Used oil can be a threat to the
information. environment. If you change your
Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Notice: Failure to use the Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never
recommended engine oil or dispose of oil by putting it in the
equivalent can result in engine Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground,
damage not covered by the recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or
vehicle warranty. Check with your specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
dealer or service provider on dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil.
whether the oil is approved to the is needed for good performance and
dexos1 specification. engine protection. Engine Oil Life System
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system
grade for the vehicle. Do not use vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the
other viscosity grade oils such as engine oil and filter. This is based
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which
Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain include engine revolutions, engine
area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature, and miles driven.
temperature falls below −29°C your skin and could even cause Based on driving conditions, the
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is
used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. For
will provide easier cold starting for skin and nails with soap and water, the oil life system to work properly,
the engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the system must be reset every time
temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil is changed.
10-12 Vehicle Care
When the system has calculated since the last oil change. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
that oil life has been diminished, it Remember to reset the oil life DIC message or Code 82 DIC
indicates that an oil change is system whenever the oil is changed. message comes back on when the
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE vehicle is started, the engine oil life
OIL SOON DIC message or Code How to Reset the Engine Oil system has not reset. Repeat the
82 DIC message comes on. See Life System procedure.
Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑28. Reset the system whenever the
Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil is changed so that the Automatic Transmission
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). system can calculate the next
It is possible that, if driving under
Fluid
engine oil change. To reset the
the best conditions, the oil life system: How to Check Automatic
system might indicate that an oil Transmission Fluid
change is not necessary for up to a 1. Using the DIC MENU button and
year. The engine oil and filter must thumbwheel, scroll until you It is not necessary to check the
be changed at least once a year reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on transmission fluid level.
and, at this time, the system must the DIC (: % for Canada). A transmission fluid leak is the only
be reset. Your dealer has trained reason for fluid loss. If a leak
2. Press the SET button to reset occurs, take the vehicle to your
service people who will perform this the oil life at 100%. When
work and reset the system. It is also dealer and have it repaired as soon
prompted, use the thumbwheel as possible.
important to check the oil regularly to highlight YES or NO. Press
over the course of an oil drain the SET/CLEAR button to The vehicle is not equipped with a
interval and keep it at the proper confirm. transmission fluid level dipstick.
level. There is a special procedure for
Be careful not to reset the oil life checking and changing the
If the system is ever reset display accidentally at any time
accidentally, the oil must be transmission fluid. Because this
other than after the oil is changed. procedure is difficult, this should be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) It cannot be reset accurately. done at the dealer. Contact the
dealer for additional information.
Vehicle Care 10-13
Change the fluid and filter at the Adding fluid will not correct a leak. side of the reservoir. The brake/
intervals listed in Maintenance A fluid loss in this system could hydraulic clutch fluid system should
Schedule on page 11‑2, and be sure indicate a problem. Have the be closed and sealed.
to use the fluid listed in system inspected and repaired. Do not remove the cap to check the
Recommended Fluids and fluid level or to top off the fluid level.
Lubricants on page 11‑12. When to Check and What
to Use Remove the cap only when
necessary to add the proper fluid
Manual Transmission until the level reaches the MIN line.
Fluid
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
How to Check Manual
Transmission Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
It is not necessary to check the engine air cleaner/filter.
manual transmission fluid level. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only reservoir cap has either a symbol or When to Inspect the Engine Air
reason for fluid loss. If a leak text specifying the type of brake Cleaner/Filter
occurs, take the vehicle to your fluid. The common brake/clutch fluid Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir is filled with GM approved scheduled maintenance intervals
as possible. See Recommended DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on and replace it at the first oil change
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 the reservoir cap. See Engine after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
for the proper fluid to use. Compartment Overview on interval. See Maintenance Schedule
page 10‑6 for reservoir location. on page 11‑2. If you are driving in
Hydraulic Clutch dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the
How to Check and Add Fluid filter at each engine oil change.
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
regularly check brake/clutch fluid reservoir to make sure the fluid level
unless there is a leak suspected. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
10-14 Vehicle Care
How to Inspect the Engine Air 1.8L L4 Engine

Cleaner/Filter { WARNING
To inspect the air cleaner/filter, Operating the engine with the air
remove the filter from the vehicle cleaner/filter off can cause you or
and lightly shake the filter to release others to be burned. The air
loose dust and dirt. If the filter cleaner not only cleans the air; it
remains covered with dirt, a new helps to stop flames if the engine
filter is required. backfires. Use caution when
To inspect or replace the engine air working on the engine and do not
cleaner/filter: drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1.4L L4 Engine
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
off, dirt can easily get into the
1. Remove the six screws that engine, which could damage it.
secure the cover on. Always have the air cleaner/filter
2. Lift off the cover. in place when you are driving.
3. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
4. Align the filter correctly.
5. Install the cover by lowering it
over the filter and secure with
the six screws.
Vehicle Care 10-15
Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than

{ WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature
The cooling system allows the engine, heater core, or radiator
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine
working temperature. under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing
when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs
hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be
from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.
{ WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant
other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL engine
you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to
1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4 remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
Engine Similar Do not run the engine if there is a
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
leak. If you run the engine, it
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out occurs first.
could lose all coolant. That could
of View) cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add
Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑19.
10-16 Vehicle Care
What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Never dispose of engine coolant by
drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on
{ WARNING coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
Adding only plain water or some This mixture: changed by an authorized service
other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down center, familiar with legal
can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside requirements regarding used
and other liquids, can boil before temperature. coolant disposal. This will help
the proper coolant mixture will. protect the environment and your
. Gives boiling protection up to health.
The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine
for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Checking Coolant
With plain water or the wrong
. Protects against rust and The vehicle must be on a level
mixture, the engine could get too
corrosion. surface when checking the coolant
hot but you would not get the
level.
overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts.
could catch fire and you or others Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Helps keep the proper engine the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
could be burned. Use a 50/ temperature.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable inside the coolant surge tank is
water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant boiling, do not do anything else until
mixture is used, the engine could it cools down. If coolant is visible
overheat and be badly damaged. but the coolant level is not at the
The repair cost would not be indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
covered by the vehicle warranty. of clean, drinkable water and
Too much water in the mixture DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
can freeze and crack the engine, surge tank, but be sure the cooling
radiator, heater core, and other system is cool before this is done.
parts. See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑19.
Vehicle Care 10-17
The coolant surge tank is located in

the engine compartment on the { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on Steam and scalding liquids from a The coolant warning system is set
page 10‑6. hot cooling system can blow out for the proper coolant mixture.
and burn you badly. They are With plain water or the wrong
How to Add Coolant to the under pressure, and if you turn mixture, the engine could get too
Coolant Surge Tank the coolant surge tank pressure hot but you would not get the
Notice: This vehicle has a cap — even a little — they can overheat warning. The engine
specific coolant fill procedure. come out at high speed. Never could catch fire and you or others
Failure to follow this procedure turn the cap when the cooling could be burned. Use a 50/
could cause the engine to system, including the coolant 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
overheat and be severely surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
damaged. Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap Notice: In cold weather, water
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant to cool if you ever have to turn can freeze and crack the engine,
surge tank. If coolant is visible but the pressure cap. radiator, heater core and other
the coolant level is not at the parts. Use the recommended
indicated level mark, add a 50/ coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
and DEX-COOL coolant at the
{ WARNING
coolant surge tank, but be sure the Adding only plain water or some
cooling system, including the other liquid to the cooling system
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is can be dangerous. Plain water
cool before you do it. and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
(Continued)
10-18 Vehicle Care
surge tank pressure cap and By this time, the coolant level
{ WARNING upper radiator hose, is no inside the coolant surge tank
longer hot. may be lower. If the level is
You can be burned if you spill lower, add more of the proper
coolant on hot engine parts. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
Coolant contains ethylene glycol the coolant surge tank until the
and it will burn if the engine parts one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This level reaches the indicated
are hot enough. Do not spill level mark.
coolant on a hot engine. will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be
discharge hose. sure the pressure cap is
2. Keep turning the pressure cap hand-tight.
slowly and remove it. Check the level in the coolant surge
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with tank when the cooling system has
the proper DEX-COOL coolant cooled down. If the coolant is not at
mixture to the indicated the proper level, repeat Steps 1–
level mark. 3 and reinstall the pressure cap.
If the coolant still is not at the proper
4. With the coolant surge tank level when the system cools down
pressure cap off, start the again, see your dealer.
engine and let it run until the
upper radiator hose can be felt
getting hot. Watch out for the
1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4 engine cooling fan.
Engine Similar
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
Vehicle Care 10-19
Engine Overheating If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from

Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment
There is an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the vehicle If an engine overheat warning is
instrument cluster to warn of engine { WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen
overheating. See Engine Coolant or heard, the problem may not be
Temperature Gauge on page 5‑10. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the
If the decision is made not to lift the just open the hood. Stay away vehicle:
hood when this warning appears, from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
get service help right away. See steam coming from it. Just turn it
Roadside Assistance Program on off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving.
page 13‑5. the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the decision is made to lift the Wait until there is no sign of
hood, make sure the vehicle is steam or coolant before you open
. Tows a trailer.
parked on a level surface. the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed
Check to see if the engine cooling with no sign of steam:
If you keep driving when the
fan is running. If the engine is engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
overheating, the fan should be in it can catch fire. You or others
running. If it is not, do not continue 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest
to run the engine and have the engine if it overheats, and get out
vehicle serviced. fan speed. Open the windows as
of the vehicle until the engine necessary.
Notice: Engine damage from is cool.
running the engine without 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
coolant is not covered by the idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
warranty. If it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
10-20 Vehicle Care
If the temperature overheat gauge is situation. If an overheated engine Washer Fluid

no longer in the overheat zone or an condition exists, an overheat
overheat warning no longer protection mode which alternates What to Use
displays, the vehicle can be driven. firing groups of cylinders helps When windshield washer fluid is
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly prevent engine damage. In this needed, be sure to read the
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe mode, a significant loss in power manufacturer's instructions before
vehicle distance from the vehicle in and engine performance will be use. If operating the vehicle in an
front. If the warning does not come noticed. The temperature gauge will area where the temperature may fall
back on, continue to drive normally. indicate an overheat condition below freezing, use a fluid that has
If the warning continues, pull over, exists. Driving extended distances sufficient protection against
stop, and park the vehicle and/or towing a trailer in the freezing.
right away. overheat protection mode should be
avoided. Adding Washer Fluid
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while Notice: After driving in the
parked. If the warning is still overheated engine protection
displayed, turn off the engine until it operating mode, to avoid engine
cools down. Also, see “Overheated damage, allow the engine to cool
Engine Protection Operating Mode” before attempting any repair. The
following. engine oil will be severely
degraded. Repair the cause of
coolant loss, change the oil and Open the cap with the washer
Overheated Engine reset the oil life system. See symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
Protection Engine Oil on page 10‑9. the tank is full. See Engine
Operating Mode Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
This emergency operating mode
allows the vehicle to be driven to a
safe place in an emergency
Vehicle Care 10-21
Notice Brakes Some driving conditions or climates

. When using concentrated can cause a brake squeal when the
This vehicle has front disc brakes brakes are first applied or lightly
washer fluid, follow the and could have rear drum brakes or
manufacturer instructions for applied. This does not mean
rear disc brakes. something is wrong with the brakes.
adding water.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear Properly torqued wheel nuts are
. Do not mix water with indicators that make a high-pitched
ready-to-use washer fluid. necessary to help prevent brake
warning sound when the brake pads pulsation. When tires are rotated,
Water can cause the solution are worn and new pads are needed.
to freeze and damage the inspect brake pads for wear and
The sound can come and go or be evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
washer fluid tank and other heard all the time the vehicle is
parts of the washer system. proper sequence to torque
moving, except when applying the specifications in Capacities and
. Fill the washer fluid tank only brake pedal firmly. Specifications on page 12‑2.
three-quarters full when it is
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,
very cold. This allows for
fluid expansion if freezing
{ WARNING they do not have wear indicators,
occurs, which could damage The brake wear warning sound but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
the tank if it is heard, have the rear brake linings
means that soon the brakes will
completely full. inspected immediately. Rear brake
not work well. That could lead to
drums should be removed and
. Do not use engine coolant a crash. When the brake wear inspected each time the tires are
(antifreeze) in the windshield warning sound is heard, have the removed for rotation or changing.
washer. It can damage the vehicle serviced. Drum brakes have an inspection
windshield washer system hole to inspect lining wear during
and paint. Notice: Continuing to drive with scheduled maintenance. When the
worn-out brake pads could result front brake pads are replaced, have
in costly brake repair. the rear brakes inspected, too.
10-22 Vehicle Care
Brake linings should always be installing disc brake pads that are There are only two reasons why the
replaced as complete axle sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change brake fluid level in the reservoir
the balance between the front and might go down:
Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The . The brake fluid level goes down
See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can because of normal brake lining
does not return to normal height, change in many other ways if the wear. When new linings are
or if there is a rapid increase in wrong replacement brake parts are installed, the fluid level goes
pedal travel. This could be a sign installed. back up.
that brake service might be
required. Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
hydraulic system can also cause
Brake Adjustment a low fluid level. Have the brake/
Every time the brakes are applied, clutch hydraulic system fixed,
with or without the vehicle moving, since a leak means that sooner
the brakes adjust for wear. or later the brakes will not
work well.
Replacing Brake System Parts Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
The braking system on a vehicle is The brake/clutch master cylinder Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
complex. Its many parts have to be reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake If fluid is added when the linings are
of top quality and work well together fluid as indicated on the reservoir worn, there will be too much fluid
if the vehicle is to have really good cap. See Engine Compartment when new brake linings are
braking. The vehicle was designed Overview on page 10‑6 for the installed. Add or remove fluid, as
and tested with top-quality brake location of the reservoir. necessary, only when work is done
parts. When parts of the braking on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system are replaced, be sure to get system.
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
Vehicle Care 10-23
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a Notice

{ WARNING low level, the brake warning light . Using the wrong fluid can
comes on. See Brake System badly damage brake/clutch
If too much brake fluid is added, it Warning Light on page 5‑16.
can spill on the engine and burn, hydraulic system parts. For
if the engine is hot enough. You What to Add example, just a few drops of
or others could be burned, and mineral-based oil, such as
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake
the vehicle could be damaged. from a sealed container. See
Add brake fluid only when work is hydraulic system can
Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic
done on the brake/clutch Lubricants on page 11‑12. system parts so badly that
hydraulic system.
Always clean the brake/clutch fluid they will have to be replaced.
reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in
Checking Brake Fluid the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid.
helps keep dirt from entering the . If brake fluid is spilled on the
The brake/clutch fluid can be reservoir.
checked without taking off the cap vehicle's painted surfaces,
by looking at the brake/clutch fluid the paint finish can be
reservoir. { WARNING damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
The fluid level should be above With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it off
MIN. If it is not, have the brake/ brake/clutch hydraulic system, the immediately.
clutch hydraulic system checked to brakes might not work well. This
see if there is a leak. could cause a crash. Always use
After work is done on the brake/ the proper brake/clutch fluid.
clutch hydraulic system, make sure
the level is above MIN but not over
the MAX mark.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Battery Infrequent Usage: Remove the 2. Firmly apply both the parking
black, negative (−) cable from the brake and the regular brake.
Refer to the replacement number on battery to keep the battery from See Parking Brake on
the original battery label when a running down. page 9‑33.
new battery is needed.
Extended Storage: Remove the Do not use the accelerator
black, negative (−) cable from the pedal, and be ready to turn off
{ WARNING battery or use a battery trickle the engine immediately if it
Battery posts, terminals, and charger. starts.
related accessories contain lead 3. For automatic transmission
and lead compounds, chemicals Starter Switch Check vehicles, try to start the engine
known to the State of California to in each gear. The vehicle should
cause cancer and reproductive { WARNING start only in P (Park) or
harm. Wash hands after handling. N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
When you are doing this in any other position, contact
inspection, the vehicle could your dealer for service.
Vehicle Storage move suddenly. If the vehicle For manual transmission
moves, you or others could be vehicles, put the shift lever in
{ WARNING injured. Neutral, push the clutch pedal
down halfway, and try to start
Batteries have acid that can burn
1. Before starting this check, be the engine. The vehicle should
you and gas that can explode. start only when the clutch pedal
You can be badly hurt if you are sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. is pushed down all the way to
not careful. See Jump Starting on the floor. If the vehicle starts
page 10‑77 for tips on working when the clutch pedal is not
around a battery without pushed all the way down,
getting hurt. contact your dealer for service.
Vehicle Care 10-25
Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park)
ignition on, but do not start the
Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check
Function Check regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING
{ WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
When you are doing this your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move.
inspection, the vehicle could You or others could be injured
move suddenly. If the vehicle Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
moves, you or others could be Make sure there is room in front
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to
injured.
While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move.
sure there is enough room position.
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
. For automatic transmission Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicles, the ignition should turn vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. to LOCK/OFF only when the your foot on the regular brake, set
See Parking Brake on shift lever is in P (Park). The the parking brake.
page 9‑33. ignition key should come out
only in LOCK/OFF.
. To check the parking brake's
Be ready to apply the regular
holding ability: With the engine
brake immediately if the vehicle . For manual transmission running and the transmission in
begins to move. vehicles, the ignition key should N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
come out only in LOCK/OFF. pressure from the regular brake
Contact your dealer if service is pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
required. held by the parking brake only.
10-26 Vehicle Care

. To check the P (Park) Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to
mechanism's holding ability: touch the windshield when no
Headlamp Aiming
With the engine running, shift to wiper blade is installed could Headlamp aim has been preset and
P (Park). Then release the damage the windshield. Any should need no further adjustment.
parking brake followed by the damage that occurs would not be
regular brake. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
covered by your warranty. Do not the headlamp aim may be affected.
Contact your dealer if service is allow the wiper arm to touch the If adjustment to the headlamps is
required. windshield. necessary, see your dealer.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
Wiper Blade Replacement windshield.
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑2.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑13.
2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
Vehicle Care 10-27
Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn 2. For the driver side bulb, remove
the windshield washer bottle
For the proper type of replacement Signal and Parking filler neck by firmly pulling it
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps straight up and out of the bottle.
page 10‑32.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Headlamps
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure 1. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
to read and follow the instructions 3. Remove the connector
on the bulb package. 2. High-Beam Headlamp/ retaining tab (1).
Low-Beam Headlamp and DRL 4. Disconnect the wiring harness
High-Beam Headlamp/ connector from the bulb (3) by
Low-Beam Headlamp and DRL pressing the connector
release (2) and pulling
1. Open the hood. See Hood on straight back.
page 10‑4.
10-28 Vehicle Care
5. Remove the bulb (3) from the Parking/Turn Signal Lamp

headlamp assembly by turning
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
counterclockwise and pulling
page 10‑4.
straight back.
2. For the driver side bulb, remove
6. Install the new bulb in the
the windshield washer bottle
headlamp assembly by turning
filler neck by firmly pulling it
clockwise.
straight up and out of the bottle.
7. Install the wiring harness
connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (2) locks
into place.
8. Install the connector 4. Remove the bulb from the bulb
retaining tab (1). socket.
9. For the driver side, reinstall the 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
windshield washer bottle filler socket.
neck by firmly pushing it straight
into the bottle. Ensure that the 6. Install the bulb socket into the
filler neck clip engages into the headlamp assembly by turning
underhood electrical center clockwise.
retainer. 7. For the driver side, reinstall the
3. Remove the parking/turn signal windshield washer bottle filler
lamp bulb socket from the neck by firmly pushing it straight
headlamp assembly by turning into the bottle. Ensure that the
counterclockwise. filler neck clip engages into the
underhood electrical center
retainer.
Vehicle Care 10-29
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
2. Remove the trunk deck trim 4. Remove the bulb from the
cover (1). socket.
3. Remove the bulb socket (2) by 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
turning counterclockwise and socket.
Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps pulling straight out. 6. Install the bulb socket by turning
1. Open the trunk. clockwise.
7. Install the trunk deck trim cover.
10-30 Vehicle Care
To replace any one of these bulbs:

Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,
Back-up, and Rear
Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the trunk.
1. Sidemarker Lamp 3. Remove the two screws that

2. Turn Signal Lamp secure the taillamp assembly.
3. Stoplamp/Taillamp
4. Back-up Lamp
2. Open the two screw covers.

Vehicle Care 10-31
License Plate Lamp

To replace the license plate
lamp bulb:
4. Remove the taillamp assembly 3. Turn the bulb socket

by pulling it straight back. counterclockwise and pull
5. Remove the bulb socket from straight out of the lamp
the taillamp assembly by turning assembly.
it counterclockwise. 1. Remove the two screws from the 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb license plate lamp assembly. straight out of the socket.
socket. 2. Turn and pull the license plate 5. Push the new bulb into the
7. Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly down. socket.
taillamp assembly by turning it 6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise. clockwise into the license plate
8. Install the taillamp assembly and lamp assembly.
tighten the two screws. 7. Replace the license plate lamp
9. Close the two screw covers. assembly and tightien the two
screws to secure.
10-32 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Bulb An electrical overload may cause
Exterior Lamp
Number Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
Back-Up Lamp 921K headlamp wiring checked right away
Front and Rear 194 The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or
Sidemarker breakers to protect against an remain off.
electrical system overload.
Front Parking/Turn 7444NA Windshield Wipers
Signal Lamp When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to
High‐Beam/Low‐ H13LL and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield
Bean and DRL until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools
Headlamp normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart.
License Plate Lamp W5W LL greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
Rear Turn 7443NA electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may
Signal Lamp
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage.
Stoplamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
For replacement bulbs not listed Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
here, contact your dealer. of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Vehicle Care 10-33
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

Breakers Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the clips and swing it up.
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as Notice: Spilling liquid on any
possible. electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
To identify and check fuses, circuit keep the covers on any electrical
breakers, and relays, see Engine component.
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑33 and Instrument Panel
Fuse Block on page 10‑37.
10-34 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage

5 Ignition
7 Not Used
8 Fuel Injection
9 Fuel Injection/
Ignition System
10 Engine Control
Module
11 Lambda Sensor
13 Canister Vent
Solenoid
14 Not Used
15 Rear Wiper
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
16 Ignition/Air Quality
Sensor/Aero‐Shutter
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and 17 Ignition/Airbag
features shown. 2 Engine Control
Module 18 Fuel Control Module
Mini Fuses Usage
3 Not Used 19 Not Used
1 Transmission
Control Module 4 Canister Vent 20 Fuel Pump
Solenoid 23 Not Used
Vehicle Care 10-35
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

29 Not Used 48 Fog Lights 64 Air Quality Sensor
30 Antilock Brake 49 Not Used 65 Rear Fog Lamp
System
50 Not Used 66 Rear Washer
31 Body Control
51 Horn 67 Fuel System Control
Module
Module
52 Ignition
32 Body Control
68 Not Used
Module 53 Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 69 Battery Voltage
33 Front Seat Heating
Sensor
54 Light Switch/Light
34 Sunroof (If
Control 70 Not Used
Equipped)
55 Mirror Folding 71 Not Used
35 Infotainment
System/Amplifier 56 Windshield Washer
J‐Case Usage
36 Not Used 57 Steering Fuses
Column Lock
37 High Beam 6 Front Wipers
Right Side 58 Not Used
12 Starter Solenoid
38 High Beam Left Side 60 Heated Mirror
21 Rear Power
39 Not Used 61 Heated Mirror Windows
40 Not Used 62 Air Conditioning 22 Not Used
46 Cooling Fan 63 Rear Window 24 Front Power
Sensor Windows
47 Lambda Sensor
10-36 Vehicle Care
J‐Case Usage Micro Usage HC Relays Usage

Fuses Relays
9 Cooling Fan K2
25 Electronic 1 A/C Clutch
13 Cooling Fan K1
Vacuum Pump
2 Starter Solenoid
26 Antilock Brake Mini Relays Usage
4 Front Wiper Speed
System Pump
5 Front Wiper On 7 Ignition 87 Main
27 Electronic Key
System/PEPS 6 Not Used 15 Ignition 15
28 Rear Window 10 Cooling Fan K3 16 Not Used
Defogger 17 Not Used
12 Cooling Fan K3
41 Not Used 14 Not Used
42 Cooling Fan K2
43 Not Used U‐Micro Usage
Relays
44 Not Used
3 Cooling Fan K7
45 Cooling Fan K1
8 Fuel Pump
59 Not Used
11 Not Used
Vehicle Care 10-37
Instrument Panel Fuse Fuses Usage

Block 1 Infotainment
System/Hands‐free
Phone
2 Not Used
3 Body Control
Module
4 Infotainment System
5 Information Display/
Parking Assist
6 Cigarette Lighter
7 Power Outlet
The instrument panel fuse block is 8 Body Control
in the driver side of the instrument Module
panel. To access the fuses:
9 Body Control
1. Open the fuse block cover by Module
pulling out at the top.
10 Body Control
2. Remove the lower edge of the Module
cover.
11 Interior Fan
3. Remove the cover. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
12 Not Used
To reinstall the cover, reverse the The vehicle may not be equipped
steps above. with all of the fuses, relays, and 13 Power Seat
features shown.
10-38 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

14 Diagnostic 23 Body Control
Connector Module Tires
15 Airbag 24 Body Control Every new GM vehicle has
Module high-quality tires made by a
16 Central Locking
System/Tailgate 25 Steering leading tire manufacturer. See
Column Lock the warranty manual for
17 Air Conditioning information regarding the tire
System 26 Not Used warranty and where to get
18 Not Used service. For additional
Relays Usage information refer to the tire
19 Not Used
1 Trunk Open manufacturer.
20 Not Used
2 Logistics Module
21 Instrument Cluster { WARNING
3 RAP Relay
22 Ignition/Electronic . Poorly maintained and
Key System
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
. Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-39
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
and a serious crash. See . Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are
Vehicle Load Limits on cause a crash. If the tread designed to provide good overall
page 9‑10. is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces
replace them. and weather conditions. Original
. Underinflated tires pose equipment tires designed to GM's
the same danger as . Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria
overloaded tires. The have been damaged by have a TPC specification code
resulting crash could impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original
cause serious injury. curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be
Check all tires frequently identified by the last two characters
. Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will
to maintain the can cause a crash. Only
recommended pressure. be “MS.”
the dealer or an
Tire pressure should be authorized tire service
Consider installing winter tires on
checked when the tires the vehicle if frequent driving on
center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
are cold. replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide
. Overinflated tires are more mount the tires. adequate performance for most
likely to be cut, punctured, . Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they
or broken by a sudden excess of 56 km/h may not offer the same level of
impact— such as when traction or performance as winter
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
hitting a pothole. Keep surfaces such as snow,
tires at the recommended See Winter Tires on page 10‑40.
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
pressure. spinning may cause the
(Continued) tires to explode.
10-40 Vehicle Care

. Use only radial ply tires of the
Winter Tires same size, load range, and
assembly damage can occur
when coming into contact
This vehicle was not, originally, speed rating as the original
equipped with winter tires. Winter equipment tires.
with road hazards like,
tires are designed for increased potholes, or sharp edged
Winter tires with the same speed objects, or when sliding into a
traction on snow and ice-covered
rating as the original equipment tires curb. The warranty does not
roads. Consider installing winter
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires on the vehicle if frequent cover this type of damage.
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
driving on snow or ice-covered
tires with a lower speed rating are Keep tires set to the correct
roads is expected. See your dealer inflation pressure and, when
chosen, never exceed the tire's
for details regarding winter tire possible, avoid contact with
maximum speed capability.
availability and proper tire selection. curbs, potholes, and other
Also, see Buying New Tires on road hazards.
page 10‑54. Low-Profile Tires
With winter tires, there may be If the vehicle has P225/45R18 Summer Tires
decreased dry road traction, size tires, they are classified as
increased road noise, and shorter low‐profile tires. These tires are This vehicle may come with high
tread life. After changing to winter designed for very responsive performance summer tires. These
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle tires have a special tread and
driving on wet or dry pavement,
handling and braking. compound that are optimized for
however, may produce more maximum dry and wet road
If using winter tires: road noise and tend to wear performance. This special tread and
. Use tires of the same brand and faster. compound will decrease
tread type on all four wheel Notice: Low‐profile tires are performance in cold climates, and
positions. more susceptible to damage on ice and snow. We recommend
installing winter tires on the vehicle
from road hazards or curb
if frequent driving in cold
impact than standard profile
tires. Tire and/or wheel
Vehicle Care 10-41
temperatures or on snow or ice particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of
covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four
Winter Tires on page 10‑40. and service description. See the digits of the TIN indicate the tire
“Tire Size” illustration later in this manufactured date. The first two
Tire Sidewall Labeling section. digits represent the week (01–
Useful information about a tire is (2) TPC Spec (Tire 52) and the last two digits, the
molded into its sidewall. The Performance Criteria year. For example, the third
examples show a typical Specification): Original week of the year 2010 would
passenger vehicle tire and a equipment tires designed to have a four-digit DOT date
compact spare tire sidewall. GM's specific tire performance of 0310.
criteria have a TPC specification (4) Tire Identification Number
code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers
GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT (Department
exceed all federal safety of Transportation) code are the
guidelines. Tire Identification Number (TIN).
(3) DOT (Department of The TIN shows the
Transportation): The manufacturer and plant code,
Department of Transportation tire size, and date the tire was
(DOT) code indicates that the manufactured. The TIN is
tire is in compliance with the molded onto both sides of the
U.S. Department of tire, although only one side may
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example Transportation Motor Vehicle have the date of manufacture.
(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Safety Standards. (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
combination of letters and of cord and number of plies in
numbers used to define a the sidewall and under the tread.
10-42 Vehicle Care
(6) Uniform Tire Quality spare tire, see Compact Spare

Grading (UTQG): Tire Tire on page 10‑77 and If a Tire
manufacturers are required to Goes Flat on page 10‑59.
grade tires based on three (3) Tire Identification Number
performance factors: treadwear, (TIN): The letters and numbers
traction, and temperature following the DOT (Department
resistance. For more information of Transportation) code are the
see Uniform Tire Quality Tire Identification Number (TIN).
Grading on page 10‑56. The TIN shows the
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation manufacturer and plant code,
Load Limit: Maximum load that tire size, and date the tire was
can be carried and the Compact Spare Tire Example manufactured. The TIN is
maximum pressure needed to (1) Tire Ply Material : The type molded onto both sides of the
support that load. of cord and number of plies in tire, although only one side may
the sidewall and under the tread. have the date of manufacture.
(2) Temporary Use Only: The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that
use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to
The compact spare tire is for support that load.
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
Vehicle Care 10-43
(5) Tire Inflation: The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit
temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
inflation see Tire Pressure on tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
page 10‑47. mean that the tire's sidewall is
(6) Tire Size: A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide.
letters and numbers define a (4) Construction Code: A letter
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, code is used to indicate the type
construction type, and service of ply construction in the tire.
description. The letter T as the The letter R means radial ply
first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: construction; the letter D means
means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
use only. metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction.
Specification): Original vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These
criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load
code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
guidelines.
10-44 Vehicle Care
is certified to carry. The speed Belt: A rubber coated layer of Curb Weight: The weight of a
rating is the maximum speed a cords between the plies and the motor vehicle with standard and
tire is certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from optional equipment including the
steel or other reinforcing maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
Tire Terminology and materials. and coolant, but without
Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains passengers and cargo.
Air Pressure: The amount of steel wires wrapped by steel DOT Markings: A code molded
air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto into the sidewall of a tire
outward on each square inch of the rim. signifying that the tire is in
the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire compliance with the U.S.
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at Department of Transportation
or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
90 degrees to the centerline of Standards. The DOT code
Accessory Weight: The includes the Tire Identification
combined weight of optional the tread.
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
accessories. Some examples of Cold Tire Pressure: The designator which can also
optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire, identify the tire manufacturer,
automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and
steering, power brakes, power or psi (pounds per square inch) date of production.
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
on page 10‑47. Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
Aspect Ratio: The relationship on page 9‑10.
of a tire's height to its width.
Vehicle Care 10-45
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: outward when mounted on a
Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to vehicle. The side of the tire that
Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. contains a whitewall, bears
page 9‑10. The maximum air pressure is white lettering, or bears
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
page 9‑10. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure. production options weight. Recommended Inflation
Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger on the tire placard. See Tire
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10. Pressure on page 10‑47 and
Load Index: An assigned Vehicle Load Limits on
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : page 9‑10.
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
10-46 Vehicle Care
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Vehicle Capacity Weight: The
tire in which the ply cords that bands, sometimes called wear number of designated seating
extend to the beads are laid at bars, that show across the tread positions multiplied by
90 degrees to the centerline of of a tire when only 1.6 mm 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
the tread. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Rim: A metal support for a tire When It Is Time for New Tires Limits on page 9‑10.
and upon which the tire beads on page 10‑53. Vehicle Maximum Load on the
are seated. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Tire: Load on an individual tire
Sidewall: The portion of a tire Grading Standards): A tire due to curb weight, accessory
between the tread and the bead. information system that provides weight, occupant weight, and
consumers with ratings for a cargo weight.
Speed Rating: An tire's traction, temperature, and
alphanumeric code assigned to Vehicle Placard: A label
treadwear. Ratings are permanently attached to a
a tire indicating the maximum determined by tire
speed at which a tire can vehicle showing the vehicle
manufacturers using capacity weight and the original
operate. government testing procedures. equipment tire size and
Traction: The friction between The ratings are molded into the recommended inflation pressure.
the tire and the road surface. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform See “Tire and Loading
The amount of grip provided. Tire Quality Grading on Information Label” under Vehicle
page 10‑56. Load Limits on page 9‑10.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Vehicle Care 10-47
Tire Pressure
. Rough ride. pressure should be at 420 kPa
. Needless damage from (60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tires need the correct amount of Tire on page 10‑77.
air pressure to operate road hazards.
effectively. The Tire and Loading How to Check
Notice: Neither tire Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type
underinflation nor indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure.
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire.
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
overheating which could Vehicle Load Limits on more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
lead to a blowout. page 9‑10.
Remove the valve cap from the
. Premature or How the vehicle is loaded tire valve stem. Press the tire
irregular wear. affects vehicle handling and ride gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Poor handling. comfort. Never load the vehicle get a pressure measurement.
with more weight than it was If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Reduced fuel economy. designed to carry. matches the recommended
Overinflated tires, or tires that pressure on the Tire and
When to Check
have too much air, can Loading Information label, no
result in: Check the tires once a month or further adjustment is necessary.
more. Do not forget the compact If the inflation pressure is low,
. Unusual wear.
spare, if the vehicle has one. add air until the recommended
. Poor handling. The cold compact spare tire pressure is reached. If the
10-48 Vehicle Care
inflation pressure is high, press indicated on the vehicle placard or pressure, even if under-inflation has
on the metal stem in the center tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger
of the tire valve to release air. should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale.
Recheck the tire pressure with
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been
the tire gauge.
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction
Return the valve caps on the tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the
valve stems to prevent leaks (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly.
and keep out dirt and moisture. pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for
System approximately one minute and then
pressure telltale illuminates, you
The Tire Pressure Monitor System should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated.
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon
technology to check tire pressure to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists.
the air pressure in your tires and causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is
transmit tire pressure readings to a lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be
receiver located in the vehicle. also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire
Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS
provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety
monthly when cold and inflated to ability. of reasons, including the installation
the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or
by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
tires of a different size than the size telltale after replacing one or more
Vehicle Care 10-49
tires or wheels on your vehicle to assembly, excluding the spare tire on at each ignition cycle until the
ensure that the replacement or and wheel assembly. The TPMS tires are inflated to the correct
alternate tires and wheels allow the sensors monitor the air pressure in inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
TPMS to continue to function the tires and transmit the tire tire pressure levels can be viewed.
properly. pressure readings to a receiver For additional information and
See Tire Pressure Monitor located in the vehicle. details about the DIC operation and
Operation on page 10‑49. displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑22.
Federal Communications The low tire pressure warning light
Commission (FCC) Rules and may come on in cool weather when
with Industry Canada the vehicle is first started, and then
Standards turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
See Radio Frequency Statement on could be an early indicator that the
When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and must
is detected, the TPMS illuminates be inflated to the proper pressure.
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
the low tire pressure warning light
Communications Commission (FCC) A Tire and Loading Information label
located on the instrument cluster.
Rules and with Industry Canada shows the size of the original
If the warning light comes on, stop
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. equipment tires and the correct
as soon as possible and inflate the
inflation pressure for the tires when
tires to the recommended pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Operation Limits on page 9‑10, for an example
Information label. See Vehicle Load
of the Tire and Loading Information
This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9‑10.
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in Pressure on page 10‑47.
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver
driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC) display.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are The low tire pressure warning light
mounted onto each tire and wheel and the DIC warning message come
10-50 Vehicle Care
The TPMS can warn about a low TPMS Malfunction Light and
. The TPMS sensor matching
tire pressure condition but it does Message process was not done or not
not replace normal tire completed successfully after
maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The
on page 10‑52, Tire Rotation on if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC
page 10‑52 and Tires on are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
page 10‑38. system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See
Notice: Tire sealant materials are about one minute and then stays on "TPMS Sensor Matching
not all the same. A non-approved for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section.
tire sealant could damage the cycle. A DIC warning message also
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are
damage caused by using an DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC
incorrect tire sealant is not each ignition cycle until the problem message and the malfunction
covered by the vehicle warranty. is corrected. Some of the conditions light should go off when the
Always use only the that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and
GM-approved tire sealant on are: the sensor matching process is
available through your dealer or performed successfully. See
included in the vehicle.
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service.
replaced with the spare tire. The
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
use a GM-approved liquid tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment
sealant. Using non-approved tire light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
sealants could damage the TPMS go off after the road tire is other than those recommended
sensors. See Tire Sealant and replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
Compressor Kit on page 10‑61 for matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying
information regarding the inflator kit successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑54.
materials and instructions. Matching Process" later in this
section.
Vehicle Care 10-51

. Operating electronic devices or relearn tool, in the following order: 5. Press the SET/CLR button to
being near facilities using radio driver side front tire, passenger side begin the sensor matching
wave frequencies similar to the front tire, passenger side rear tire, process.
TPMS could cause the TPMS and driver side rear. See your
sensors to malfunction. A message requesting
dealer for service or to purchase a acceptance of the process
If the TPMS is not functioning relearn tool. should display.
properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match the
low tire condition. See your dealer 6. Press the SET/CLR button again
first tire/wheel position, and to confirm the selection.
for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all four
light and DIC message come on tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to signal
and stay on. longer, the matching process stops the receiver is in relearn mode
and must be restarted. and the TIRE LEARNING
TPMS Sensor Matching ACTIVE message displays on
Process The TPMS sensor matching the DIC screen.
process is:
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 7. Start with the driver side
identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. front tire.
code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
tire/wheel position after rotating the 8. Place the relearn tool against
the engine off. the tire sidewall, near the valve
tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor 3. Use the MENU button to select stem. Then press the button to
matching process should also be the Vehicle Information menu in activate the TPMS sensor.
performed after replacing a spare the Driver Information A horn chirp confirms that the
tire with a road tire containing the Center (DIC). sensor identification code has
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to been matched to this tire and
and the DIC message should go off the Tire Pressure Menu item wheel position.
at the next ignition cycle. The screen. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
sensors are matched to the tire/ front tire, and repeat the
wheel positions, using a TPMS procedure in Step 8.
10-52 Vehicle Care
10. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection

. The tire has a puncture, cut,
rear tire, and repeat the or other damage that cannot
procedure in Step 8. We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of
including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure vehicle has one, be inspected damage.
in Step 8. The horn sounds two for signs of wear or damage at
times to indicate the sensor least once a month. Tire Rotation
identification code has been Replace the tire if:
matched to the driver side rear Tires should be rotated every
tire, and the TPMS sensor . The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
matching process is no longer more places around the tire Maintenance Schedule on
active. The TIRE LEARNING can be seen. page 11‑2.
ACTIVE message on the DIC Tires are rotated to achieve a
display screen goes off.
. There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. rubber. first rotation is the most
13. Set all four tires to the important.
. The tread or sidewall is
recommended air pressure Anytime unusual wear is
level as indicated on the Tire cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon
and Loading Information label.
fabric. as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
. The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. If the
or split. unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment.
Vehicle Care 10-53
See When It Is Time for New See Tire Pressure on

Tires on page 10‑53 and Wheel page 10‑47 and Vehicle Load WARNING (Continued)
Replacement on page 10‑58. Limits on page 9‑10. towel can be used; however, use
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor a scraper or wire brush later to
System. See Tire Pressure remove all rust or dirt.
Monitor Operation on
page 10‑49. Lightly coat the center of the
Check that all wheel nuts are wheel hub with wheel bearing
properly tightened. See “Wheel grease after a wheel change or
Nut Torque” under Capacities tire rotation to prevent corrosion
and Specifications on or rust build-up. Do not get
page 12‑2. grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
{ WARNING wheel nuts or bolts.
Use this rotation pattern when Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the When It Is Time for New
rotating the tires. parts to which it is fastened, can Tires
Do not include the compact make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come Factors such as maintenance,
spare tire in the tire rotation. temperatures, driving speeds,
off and cause an accident. When
Adjust the front and rear tires to changing a wheel, remove any vehicle loading, and road conditions
the recommended inflation affect the wear rate of the tires.
rust or dirt from places where the
pressure on the Tire and wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Loading Information label after an emergency, a cloth or a paper
the tires have been rotated. (Continued)
10-54 Vehicle Care
equipped, be replaced after six at least a month, remove the tires or

years, regardless of tread wear. The raise the vehicle to reduce the
tire manufacturer date is the last weight from the tires.
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits GM has developed and matched
represent the week (01–52) and the specific tires for the vehicle. The
last two digits, the year. For original equipment tires installed
example, the third week of the year were designed to meet General
2010 would have a four-digit DOT Motors Tire Performance Criteria
date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage system rating. When
tell when it is time for new tires. replacement tires are needed,
Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
Treadwear indicators appear when
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at
buying tires with the same TPC
or less of tread remaining. See Tire Spec rating.
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
Inspection on page 10‑52 and Tire
area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec
Rotation on page 10‑52.
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen
The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
the overall performance of the
rubber.
never used. Multiple factors vehicle, including brake system
Parking for an extended period can performance, ride and handling,
including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire
conditions, and inflation pressure
may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring
maintenance affect how fast aging
driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that performance. GM's TPC Spec
tires, including the spare if
Vehicle Care 10-55
number is molded onto the tire's Winter tires with the same speed
sidewall near the tire size. If the rating as the original equipment { WARNING
tires have an all-season tread tires may not be available for H, Mixing tires of different sizes,
design, the TPC Spec number V, W, Y and ZR speed rated brands, or types may cause
will be followed by MS for mud tires. Never exceed the winter loss of control of the vehicle,
and snow. See Tire Sidewall tire's maximum speed capability resulting in a crash or other
Labeling on page 10‑41. when using winter tires with a vehicle damage. Use the
GM recommends replacing worn lower speed rating. correct size, brand, and type
tires in complete sets of four. of tires on all wheels.
Uniform tread depth on all tires { WARNING
will help to maintain the Tires could explode during
performance of the vehicle. improper service. Attempting { WARNING
Braking and handling to mount or dismount a tire
performance may be adversely could cause injury or death. Using bias-ply tires on the
affected if all the tires are not Only your dealer or authorized vehicle may cause the wheel
replaced at the same time. tire service center should rim flanges to develop cracks
If proper rotation and mount or dismount the tires. after many miles of driving.
maintenance have been done, A tire and/or wheel could fail
all four tires should wear out at suddenly and cause a crash.
about the same time. See Tire Use only radial-ply tires with
Rotation on page 10‑52 for the wheels on the vehicle.
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
10-56 Vehicle Care
If the vehicle tires must be Different Size Tires and WARNING (Continued)
replaced with a tire that does not Wheels
have a TPC Spec number, make specific wheel and tire systems
sure they are the same size, If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original developed for the vehicle, and
load range, speed rating, and have them properly installed by a
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
construction (radial) as the performance, including its braking, GM certified technician.
original tires. ride and handling characteristics,
Vehicles that have a tire stability, and resistance to rollover See Buying New Tires on
pressure monitoring system may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10‑54 and Accessories and
could give an inaccurate electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 10‑3.
low-pressure warning if non-TPC brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control, Uniform Tire Quality
Spec rated tires are installed. or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
See Tire Pressure Monitor of these systems can also be Grading
System on page 10‑48. affected. Quality grades can be found
The Tire and Loading where applicable on the tire
Information label indicates the { WARNING sidewall between tread shoulder
original equipment tires on the and maximum section width. For
If different sized wheels are used,
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits example:
there may not be an acceptable
on page 9‑10.
level of performance and safety if Treadwear 200 Traction AA
tires not recommended for those Temperature A
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash The following information relates
and serious injury. Only use GM to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
(Continued)
Traffic Safety Administration
Vehicle Care 10-57
(NHTSA), which grades tires by All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction – AA, A, B, C
treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from
temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. and C. Those grades represent
the United States. The grades the tire's ability to stop on wet
Treadwear
are molded on the sidewalls of pavement as measured under
most passenger car tires. The The treadwear grade is a
controlled conditions on
Uniform Tire Quality Grading comparative rating based on the
specified government test
(UTQG) system does not apply wear rate of the tire when tested
surfaces of asphalt and
to deep tread, winter tires, under controlled conditions on a
concrete. A tire marked C may
compact spare tires, tires with specified government test
have poor traction performance.
nominal rim diameters of course. For example, a tire
Warning: The traction grade
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), graded 150 would wear one and
assigned to this tire is based on
or to some limited-production one-half (1½) times as well on
straight-ahead braking traction
tires. the government course as a tire
tests, and does not include
graded 100. The relative
While the tires available on acceleration, cornering,
performance of tires depends
General Motors passenger cars hydroplaning, or peak traction
upon the actual conditions of
and light trucks may vary with characteristics.
their use, however, and may
respect to these grades, they
depart significantly from the Temperature – A, B, C
must also conform to federal
norm due to variations in driving The temperature grades are A
safety requirements and
habits, service practices and (the highest), B, and C,
additional General Motors Tire
differences in road representing the tire's resistance
Performance Criteria (TPC)
characteristics and climate. to the generation of heat and its
standards.
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
10-58 Vehicle Care
conditions on a specified indoor Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of
laboratory test wheel. Sustained wheel that is needed.
Balance
high temperature can cause the Each new wheel should have the
material of the tire to degenerate The tires and wheels were aligned same load-carrying capacity,
and reduce tire life, and and balanced at the factory to diameter, width, offset, and be
provide the longest tire life and best mounted the same way as the one it
excessive temperature can lead overall performance. Adjustments to
to sudden tire failure. The grade replaces.
wheel alignment and tire balancing
C corresponds to a level of will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
performance which all basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
passenger car tires must meet alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new
under the Federal Motor Safety wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts.
Standard No. 109. Grades B and one side or the other. If the vehicle
A represent higher levels of vibrates when driving on a smooth { WARNING
performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement
test wheel than the minimum
dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
required by law. Warning: The nuts can be dangerous. It could
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
properly inflated and not Replace any wheel that is bent,
and cause loss of control, causing
overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct
underinflation, or excessive wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
loading, either separately or in nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
buildup and possible tire failure. Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Vehicle Care 10-59
Notice: The wrong wheel can Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat
also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer It is unusual for a tire to blowout
or odometer calibration, { WARNING while driving, especially if the tires
headlamp aim, bumper height, are maintained properly. If air goes
Do not use tire chains. There is out of a tire, it is much more likely to
vehicle ground clearance, and tire
not enough clearance. Tire chains leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
or tire chain clearance to the
used on a vehicle without the blowout, here are a few tips about
body and chassis.
proper amount of clearance can what to expect and what to do:
Used Replacement Wheels cause damage to the brakes,
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
suspension, or other vehicle
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
{ WARNING parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
Replacing a wheel with a used control and a crash. Use another steering wheel firmly. Steer to
one is dangerous. How it has type of traction device only if its maintain lane position, and then
been used or how far it has been manufacturer recommends it for gently brake to a stop, well off the
driven may be unknown. It could the vehicle's tire size combination road, if possible.
fail suddenly and cause a crash. and road conditions. Follow that
When replacing wheels, use a A rear blowout, particularly on a
manufacturer's instructions. To
curve, acts much like a skid and
new GM original equipment avoid vehicle damage, drive
may require the same correction as
wheel. slowly and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
them on the rear tires. to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
10-60 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING { WARNING { WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be
permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip
Re-inflating a tire after it has been dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall
driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a
underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To
blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving:
that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the
Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
Vehicle Care 10-61
This vehicle may come with a jack, When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Sealant and
spare tire, and wheel block(s) or a use the following example as a
tire sealant and compressor kit. To guide to assist in the placement of
Compressor Kit
use the jacking equipment to the wheel blocks (1).
change a spare tire safely, follow { WARNING
the instructions below. Then see
Tire Changing on page 10‑69. To Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
use the tire sealant and compressor area with poor ventilation is
kit, see Tire Sealant and dangerous. Engine exhaust may
Compressor Kit on page 10‑61. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
1. Wheel Block engine in an enclosed area that
2. Flat Tire has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
The following information explains
Exhaust on page 9‑25.
how to repair or change a tire.
To use the wheel blocks, lift the

wheel block and lock it into place.
10-62 Vehicle Care
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes:

{ WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not
the tire to rupture and you or be a place to store a tire.
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant The tire sealant and compressor
and compressor kit instructions can be used to temporarily seal
and inflate the tire to its punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 inch) in
the tread area of the tire. It can also
recommended pressure. Do not
be used to inflate an under
exceed the recommended
inflated tire.
pressure.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
{ WARNING too severely damaged for the tire
1. Air Compressor
sealant and compressor kit to be 2. Tire Sealant Canister
Storing the tire sealant and effective. See Roadside Assistance 3. Power Plug
compressor kit or other Program on page 13‑5.
equipment in the passenger 4. On/Off Button
Read and follow all of the tire
compartment of the vehicle could 5. Pressure Gauge
sealant and compressor kit
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
instructions. 6. Air Only Hose (Black)
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire 7. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
Vehicle Care 10-63
Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant and If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
Compressor Kit to Temporarily and wheel damage by driving slowly
Read and follow the safe handling
Seal and Inflate a to a level place. Turn on the hazard
instructions on the label adhered to
Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard
the sealant canister.
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
Check the tire sealant expiration
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
date on the sealant canister. The
page 10‑59 for other important
sealant canister should be replaced
safety warnings.
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are Do not remove any objects that
available at your local dealer. See have penetrated the tire.
“Removal and Installation of the 1. Remove the tire sealant and
Sealant Canister” following. compressor kit from its storage
There is only enough sealant to seal location. See Storing the Tire
one tire. After usage, the sealant Sealant and Compressor Kit on
canister and sealant/air hose page 10‑68.
assembly must be replaced. See Make sure the on/off button (4)
“Removal and Installation of the is in the off (O) position.
Sealant Canister” following. When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7)
temperatures, warm the kit in a and the power plug (3).
heated environment for five minutes.
3. Place the kit on the ground.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster. Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
10-64 Vehicle Care
4. Remove the valve stem cap from 8. Press the on/off button (4) to reading. The compressor may
the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and be turned on/off until the correct
counterclockwise. compressor kit on. pressure is reached.
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (7) The compressor will inject Notice: If the recommended
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire. pressure cannot be reached after
clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (5) will approximately 25 minutes, the
6. Plug the power plug (3) into the initially show a high pressure vehicle should not be driven
accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the farther. The tire is too severely
vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the damaged and the tire sealant and
other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed compressor kit cannot inflate the
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. into the tire, the pressure will tire. Remove the power plug from
quickly drop and start to rise the accessory power outlet and
If the vehicle has an accessory unscrew the inflating hose from
power outlet, do not use the again as the tire inflates with
air only. the tire valve. See Roadside
cigarette lighter. Assistance Program on
If the vehicle only has a cigarette 9. Inflate the tire to the page 13‑5.
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation pressure
using the pressure gauge (5).
Do not pinch the power plug The recommended inflation
cord in the door or window. pressure can be found on the
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle Tire and Loading Information
must be running while using the label. See Tire Pressure on
air compressor. page 10‑47.
The pressure gauge (5) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor is
on. Turn the compressor off to
get an accurate pressure
Vehicle Care 10-65
10. Press the on/off button (4) to 18. Stop at a safe location and
turn the tire sealant and check the tire pressure. Refer
compressor kit off. to Steps 1–11 under “Using the
The tire is not sealed and will Tire Sealant and Compressor
continue to leak air until the Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
vehicle is driven and the Tire (Not Punctured).”
sealant is distributed in the tire. 15. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen
Therefore, Steps 11–17 must to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
be done immediately after pressure, remove the below the recommended
Step 10. maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving
sealant canister (2) and place it the vehicle. The tire is too
Be careful while handling the
in a highly visible location. severely damaged and the tire
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after Do not exceed the speed on sealant cannot seal the tire.
usage. this label until the damaged tire See Roadside Assistance
is repaired or replaced. Program on page 13‑5.
11. Unplug the power plug (3) from
the accessory power outlet in 16. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has not
the vehicle. original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa
vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended
12. Turn the sealant/air hose (7) inflation pressure, inflate the
counterclockwise to remove it 17. Immediately drive the vehicle tire to the recommended
from the tire valve stem. 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the inflation pressure.
sealant in the tire.
13. Replace the tire valve 19. Wipe off any sealant from the
stem cap. wheel, tire or vehicle.
14. Replace the sealant/air hose
(7), and the power plug (3)
back in their original location.
10-66 Vehicle Care
20. Dispose of the used sealant Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on
canister (2) and sealant/air Compressor Kit without page 10‑59 for other important
hose (7) assembly at a local Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not safety warnings.
dealer or in accordance with Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and
local state codes and practices. compressor kit from its storage
To use the air compressor to inflate
21. Replace it with a new canister a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire
available from your dealer. Sealant and Compressor Kit on
22. After temporarily sealing a tire page 10‑68.
using the tire sealant and 2. Unlock the air only hose (6) from
compressor kit, take the the sealant canister (2) by
vehicle to an authorized dealer pulling up on the lever.
within 161 km (100 mi) of 3. Pull the air only hose (6) from
driving to have the tire repaired the sealant canister (2).
or replaced.
4. Remove the power plug (3) from
the air compressor (1).
5. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire so the hose will reach it.
and wheel damage by driving slowly
6. Remove the tire valve stem cap
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
by turning it counterclockwise.
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 7. Attach the air only hose (6) onto
the tire valve stem and press the
lever down to secure it.
Vehicle Care 10-67
8. Plug the power plug (3) into the 11. Inflate the tire to the 13. Unplug the power plug (3) from
accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation the accessory power outlet in
vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure the vehicle.
other accessory power outlets. gauge (5). The recommended 14. Disconnect the air only hose
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. inflation pressure can be found (6) from the tire valve stem by
If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading lifting the lever. Replace the tire
power outlet, do not use the Information label. See Tire valve stem cap.
cigarette lighter. Pressure on page 10‑47.
15. Replace the air only hose (6)
If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (5) may and the power plug (3) back in
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire its original location.
pressure while the compressor
Do not pinch the power plug is on. Turn the compressor off 16. Place the equipment in the
cord in the door or window. to get an accurate reading. The original storage location in the
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor may be turned on/ vehicle.
must be running while using the off until the correct pressure is The tire sealant and compressor kit
air compressor. reached. has an accessory adapter located in
10. Press the on/off button (4) to 12. Press the on/off button (4) to a compartment on the bottom of its
turn the compressor on. turn the tire sealant and housing that may be used to inflate
compressor kit off. air mattresses, balls, etc.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only. Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
10-68 Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the To install a new sealant canister:

Sealant Canister 1. Align the sealant/air hose (7)
To remove the sealant canister: with the slot in the air
compressor.
2. Push the sealant canister (2)
down and turn it clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (7)
around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
1. Unlock the air only hose (6) from
the sealant canister (2) by 4. Push the air only hose (6) onto
pulling up on the lever. 4. Turn the sealant canister (2) so the sealant canister inlet and
the inflator filling hose is aligned push the lever down.
2. Pull the air only hose (6) from with the slot in the compressor.
the sealant canister (2). Storing the Tire Sealant
5. Lift the sealant canister (2) from
3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7) the compressor and replace with and Compressor Kit
from the compressor (1). a new sealant canister. See your
dealer for more information. The tire sealant and compressor kit
is located in the trunk, under the
load floor, behind an access panel.
To remove the kit:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑12.
Vehicle Care 10-69
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:
2. Turn the left knob 3. Pull the inflator kit rearward.

counterclockwise and the right Squeeze the two tabs of the
knob clockwise, 90 degrees, at quick release buckle to remove
the same time. Then pull the the tire sealant and
access panel rearward and up to compressor kit.
remove it.
To store the inflator kit, reverse the 1. Retainer Nut
steps.
2. Tool Bag Tether
3. Tool Bag
4. Spare Tire
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑12.
2. Lift the load floor.
10-70 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the retainer nut (1) 5. Two-Piece Wrench

counterclockwise to remove it. This vehicle may have one of the
Then remove the tool bag following: A coin/pierce jack (4), a
tether (2) from the stow rod, the jack handle extension (3), and a
tool bag (3) containing the wheel two-piece wrench (5), or a hex head
wrench and wheel blocks, and jack (2) and three-piece wrench (1).
the spare tire (4).
4. Remove the jack, jack handle Removing the Flat Tire and
extension, and two-piece Installing the Spare Tire
wrench, if equipped. This vehicle may have aluminum
wheels with exposed wheel nuts.
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all
the wheel nuts. Do not remove To remove the plastic covers and
them yet. wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
Or, this vehicle may have steel
counterclockwise direction.
wheels with plastic covers.
If needed, finish loosening them
with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
1. Three-Piece Wrench
2. Hex Head Jack
3. Jack Handle Extension
4. Coin/Pierce Jack
Vehicle Care 10-71
If needed, use the flat end of the

wheel wrench and pry along the
edge of the cover until it comes off.
The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove it
with your bare hands. Do not drop
the cover or lay it face down, as it
could become scratched or
damaged. Store the wheel cover in
the trunk until the flat tire is repaired
or replaced.
Once you have removed the wheel
cover, use the following procedure 2. Turn the wheel wrench 5. If this vehicle is the RS model,
to remove the flat tire and install the counterclockwise once on each locate the front or rear jack
spare tire. wheel nut to loosen it. Do not cover on the rocker molding
1. Do a safety check before remove them yet. near the tire being changed.
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes 3. Place the jack near the flat tire. Place your hand behind the
Flat on page 10‑59 for more edge of the cover on the rocker
information. 4. Place the wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the opposite molding. Pull down and out to
corner of the tire being changed. remove the cover.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on The cover will remain attached
page 10‑59 for proper wheel to the molding by a tether.
block placement. 6. Place the jack under the vehicle.
10-72 Vehicle Care
7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,

attach the jack handle extension { WARNING
to the jack by sliding the hook
through the end of the jack. Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If you have a hex head jack, If the vehicle slips off the jack,
place the hex tube end of the you could be badly injured or
wrench over the hex head of killed. Never get under a vehicle
the jack. when it is supported only by
Notice: Make sure that the jack a jack.
lift head is in the correct position
or you may damage your vehicle.
The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty. 8. Position the jack lift head at the { WARNING
jack location nearest the flat tire.
The location is indicated by a Raising the vehicle with the jack
notch in the flange. The jack improperly positioned can
must not be used in any other damage the vehicle and even
position. make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-73
9. Raise the jack by turning the

{ WARNING handle clockwise until it comes
in contact with the notch in the
Lifting a vehicle and getting under flange.
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack Hex Head Jack Shown, Coin/
is provided with the vehicle, only Pierce Jack Similar
use it for changing a flat tire.
Make sure the jack lift head

notch is placed in the flange
notch.
Raise the vehicle far enough off
the ground so there is enough
room for the road tire to clear the
ground.
10-74 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

an emergency, a cloth or a paper Never use oil or grease on bolts
towel can be used; however, use or nuts because the nuts might
a scraper or wire brush later to come loose. The vehicle's wheel
remove all rust or dirt. could fall off, causing a crash.
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
10. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 15. Lower the vehicle by turning
11. Remove the flat tire. the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Wheel nuts that are improperly or
make wheel nuts become loose incorrectly tightened can cause
after time. The wheel could come the wheels to become loose or
12. Remove any rust or dirt from
off and cause an accident. When come off. The wheel nuts should
the wheel bolts, mounting
changing a wheel, remove any be tightened with a torque wrench
surfaces, and spare wheel.
rust or dirt from places where the to the proper torque specification
13. Place the compact spare tire after replacing. Follow the torque
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In on the wheel-mounting surface. specification supplied by the
(Continued)
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-75
WARNING (Continued)
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
Notice: Improperly tightened

wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage. To 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Front Jack Cover Shown, Rear
avoid expensive brake repairs, a crisscross sequence, as Jack Cover Similar
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in shown. 19. If this vehicle is the RS model,
the proper sequence and to the
17. Lower the jack all the way and snap the jack cover back into
proper torque specification. See
remove the jack from under the place.
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut vehicle. 20. Remove the wheel blocks and
torque specification. 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly return them to their proper
with the wheel wrench. storage location.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all five plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
10-76 Vehicle Care
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit 5. Place the foam container inside
on the vehicle's compact spare. the flat tire. Align the hole with
If you try to put a wheel cover on the stow rod.
the compact spare, the cover or 6. Place the tool bag tether over
the spare could be damaged. the stow rod and the tool bag
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire rear of the flat tire.
and Tools 7. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
until tight.
{ WARNING 8. Replace the load floor.
Storing a jack, a tire, or other The load floor may not lay flat.
equipment in the passenger Coin/Pierce Jack Shown, Hex The compact spare is for temporary
compartment of the vehicle could use only. Replace the compact
Head Jack Similar
cause injury. In a sudden stop or spare tire with a full-size tire as
collision, loose equipment could 3. Place the flat tire in the storage soon as you can.
strike someone. Store all these in compartment with the valve
stem down. Storing the Compact Spare Tire
the proper place.
and Tools
4. Place the jack and jack handle
extension, if the vehicle has one, Reverse the instructions for
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools removing the spare tire and tools to
in the foam container.
1. Replace the wheel wrench and store the compact spare tire.
wheel blocks in the tool bag.
2. Remove the foam container from
the rear storage compartment.
Vehicle Care 10-77
Compact Spare Tire (50 mph). To conserve the tread of Jump Starting
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as For more information about the
{ WARNING convenient and return the spare tire vehicle battery, see Battery on
to the storage area. page 10‑24.
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could Notice: When the compact spare If the battery has run down, try to
result in loss of braking and is installed, do not take the use another vehicle and some
handling. This could lead to a vehicle through an automatic car jumper cables to start your vehicle.
crash and you or others could be wash with guide rails. The Be sure to use the following steps to
injured. Use only one compact compact spare can get caught on do it safely.
spare tire at a time. the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel, and other parts of the
vehicle.
{ WARNING
If this vehicle has a compact spare Batteries can hurt you. They can
tire, it was fully inflated when new; Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles. be dangerous because:
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure Do not mix the compact spare tire or
. They contain acid that can
regularly. It should be 420 kPa wheel with other wheels or tires. burn you.
(60 psi). They will not fit. Keep the spare tire . They contain gas that can
Stop as soon as possible and check and its wheel together. explode or ignite.
that the spare tire is correctly Notice: Tire chains will not fit the . They contain enough
inflated after being installed on the compact spare. Using them can electricity to burn you.
vehicle. The compact spare tire is damage the vehicle and the
designed for temporary use only. chains. Do not use tire chains on If you do not follow these steps
The vehicle will perform differently the compact spare. exactly, some or all of these
with the spare tire installed and it is things can hurt you.
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
10-78 Vehicle Care
Notice: Ignoring these steps The jump start negative grounding not have a 12-volt system with a
could result in costly damage to point (1) for the discharged battery negative ground, both vehicles
the vehicle that would not be is the engine block or an engine can be damaged.
covered by the warranty. mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as 2. Position the two vehicles so that
Trying to start the vehicle by far away from the discharged they are not touching.
pushing or pulling it will not battery as possible.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
work, and it could damage the The jump start positive terminal on put the shift lever in P (Park)
vehicle. the discharged battery (2) is located with an automatic transmission,
in the engine compartment on the or Neutral with a manual
driver side of the vehicle. transmission. See Shifting Into
The jump start positive terminal (4) Park on page 9‑22 with an
and negative terminal (3) are on the automatic transmission,
battery of the vehicle providing the or Parking on page 9‑25 with a
jump start. manual transmission.
The positive jump start connection Notice: If any accessories are left
for the discharged battery is under a on or plugged in during the jump
trim cover. Open the cover to starting procedure, they could be
expose the terminal. damaged. The repairs would not
1. Check the other vehicle. It must be covered by the vehicle
have a 12-volt battery with a warranty. Whenever possible,
negative ground system. turn off or unplug all accessories
1. Discharged Battery Negative
on either vehicle when jump
Grounding Point Notice: Only use a vehicle that starting the vehicle.
2. Discharged Battery Positive has a 12-volt system with a
Terminal negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
3. Good Battery Negative Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive Terminal
Vehicle Care 10-79
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 5. Connect one end of the red

Turn off all lights and WARNING (Continued) positive (+) cable to the
accessories in both vehicles, positive (+) terminal on the
except the hazard warning Be sure the battery has enough discharged battery.
flashers if needed. water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in 6. Connect the other end of the red
your new vehicle. But if a battery positive (+) cable to the
{ WARNING has filler caps, be sure the right positive (+) terminal of the good
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, battery.
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running add water to take care of that 7. Connect one end of the black
and can injure you. Keep hands, first. If you do not, explosive gas negative (–) cable to the
clothing and tools away from any could be present. negative (–) terminal of the good
underhood electric fan. battery.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on 8. Connect the other end of the
you. If you accidentally get it in black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding point for
{ WARNING your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get the discharged battery.
Using a match near a battery can medical help immediately. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
cause battery gas to explode. with the good battery and run
People have been hurt doing this, the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
{ WARNING 10. Try to start the vehicle that had
light. Fans or other moving engine the dead battery. If it will not
(Continued) parts can injure you badly. Keep start after a few tries, it
your hands away from moving probably needs service.
parts once the engine is running.
10-80 Vehicle Care
Notice: If the jumper cables are Towing Consult your dealer or a

connected or removed in the professional towing service if the
wrong order, electrical shorting disabled vehicle must be towed.
may occur and damage the Towing the Vehicle
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle. The repairs would not be Notice: Incorrectly towing a vehicle for recreational purposes,
covered by the vehicle warranty. disabled vehicle may cause such as behind a motor home, see
Always connect and remove the damage. The damage would not “Recreational Vehicle Towing”
jumper cables in the correct be covered by the vehicle following.
order, making sure that the warranty. Do not lash or hook to
cables do not touch each other or the chassis components
other metal. including the front and rear
Recreational Vehicle
subframes, suspension control Towing
Jumper Cable Removal
arms and links during towing and Recreational vehicle towing refers to
Reverse sequence exactly when recovery of a disabled vehicle or towing the vehicle behind another
removing jumper cables. to secure the vehicle to a flatbed vehicle – such as behind a motor
car carrier. Use the proper nylon home. The two most common types
strap harnesses around the tires of recreational vehicle towing are
to secure the flatbed car carrier. known as dinghy towing and dolly
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. vehicle with all four wheels on the
If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the ground. Dolly towing is towing the
drive wheels cannot contact the vehicle with two wheels on the
road while the vehicle is being ground and two wheels up on a
towed. A wheel dolly must be used device known as a dolly.
to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
Vehicle Care 10-81
Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing (With If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly
consider before recreational vehicle Automatic Transmission) should be used. See "Dolly Towing"
towing: that follows for more information.
. The towing capacity of the Dinghy Towing (With Manual
towing vehicle. Be sure to read Transmission)
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
. The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment Notice: If the vehicle is towed
recommendations. with all four wheels on the
. If the vehicle is ready to be ground, the drivetrain
towed. Just as preparing the components could be damaged.
vehicle for a long trip, make sure The repairs would not be covered To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
the vehicle is prepared to be by the vehicle warranty. Do not front with all four wheels on the
towed. tow the vehicle with all four ground:
wheels on the ground. 1. Position the vehicle to tow and
Vehicles with an automatic then secure it to the towing
transmission should not be towed vehicle.
with all four wheels on the ground. 2. Shift the transmission to Neutral.
10-82 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the ignition to ACC/ Dolly Towing

ACCESSORY.
4. To prevent the battery from
draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove fuse 22,
23, 24, and 25 from the
instrument panel fuse block. See
Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 10‑37 for more information.
Remember to reinstall the fuses
once the destination has been
reached.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is the rear could damage it. Also,
exceeded while towing the repairs would not be covered by Tow the vehicle with the two rear
vehicle, it could be damaged. the vehicle warranty. Never have wheels on the ground and the front
Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) the vehicle towed from the rear. wheels on a dolly:
while towing the vehicle.
To tow the vehicle with two wheels
on the ground and a dolly:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Shift the automatic transmission
into P (Park) or a manual
transmission into 1 (First) gear.
3. Set the parking brake.
Vehicle Care 10-83
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Appearance Care exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi)
straight-ahead position with a can result in damage or removal
clamping device designed for of paint and decals.
towing. Exterior Care
Rinse the vehicle well, before
5. Remove the key from the Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all
ignition. To preserve the vehicle's finish, cleaning agents completely. If they
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface,
sunlight. they could stain.
7. Release the parking brake.
Notice: Do not use Dry the finish with a soft, clean
petroleum-based, acidic, chamois or an all-cotton towel to
or abrasive cleaning agents as avoid surface scratches and water
they can damage the vehicle's spotting.
paint, metal, or plastic parts. Finish Care
If damage occurs, it would not be
covered by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat
Approved cleaning products can sealant/wax materials is not
be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces
Follow all manufacturer are damaged, see your dealer to
directions regarding correct have the damage assessed and
product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as
precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice
disposal of any vehicle care melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
Notice: Towing the vehicle from sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
the rear could damage it. Also, product.
industrial chimneys, etc., can
repairs would not be covered by Notice: Avoid using damage the vehicle's finish if they
the vehicle warranty. Never have high-pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle towed from the rear. 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible.
vehicle. Use of power washers If necessary, use non-abrasive
10-84 Vehicle Care
cleaners that are marked safe for Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Shutter System
painted surfaces to remove foreign Parts
matter. Regularly clean bright metal parts
Occasional hand waxing or mild with water or chrome polish on
polishing should be done to remove chrome or stainless steel trim,
residue from the paint finish. See if necessary.
your dealer for approved cleaning For aluminum, never use auto or
products. chrome polish, steam, or caustic
Do not apply waxes or polishes to soap to clean. A coating of wax,
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, rubbed to high polish, is
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint recommended for all bright metal
as damage can occur. parts.
Notice: Machine compounding or Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
aggressive polishing on a Lenses and Emblems The vehicle may have a shutter
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish system designed to help increase
may damage it. Use only Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap fuel economy. Keep the shutter
non-abrasive waxes and polishes system clean for proper operation.
that are made for a basecoat/ to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
clearcoat paint finish on the Follow instructions under "Washing Windshield and Wiper Blades
vehicle. the Vehicle" later in this section.
Clean the outside of the windshield
To keep the paint finish looking new, with glass cleaner.
keep the vehicle garaged or
Clean rubber blades using lint-free
covered whenever possible.
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
Vehicle Care 10-85
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax or Chrome
Apply silicone grease on
treatments may cause wiper
weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
streaking.
longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels.
Replace the wiper blades if they are squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips After rinsing thoroughly with clean
worn or damaged. Damage can be once a year. Black marks from water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
caused by extreme dusty rubber material on painted surfaces A wax may then be applied.
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, can be removed by rubbing with a
snow and ice. Notice: Chrome wheels and other
clean cloth. See Recommended
chrome trim may be damaged if
Clear ice and snow from the wiper Fluids and Lubricants on
the vehicle is not washed after
blades before using them. If frozen page 11‑12.
driving on roads that have been
to the windshield, carefully loosen Tires sprayed with magnesium,
them or thaw them. Damaged wiper calcium, or sodium chloride.
blades should be replaced. See Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to These chlorides are used on
Wiper Blade Replacement on clean the tires. roads for conditions such as ice
page 10‑26 for more information. Notice: Using petroleum-based and dust. Always wash the
Heavy snow or ice can overload the tire dressing products on the chrome with soap and water after
wipers. If the wiper motor overheats, vehicle may damage the paint exposure.
the windshield wipers will stop until finish and/or tires. When applying Notice: To avoid surface damage,
the motor cools and the wiper a tire dressing, always wipe off do not use strong soaps,
control is turned off. See Electrical any overspray from all painted chemicals, abrasive polishes,
System Overload on page 10‑32 for surfaces on the vehicle. cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
more information. that contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
10-86 Vehicle Care
automatic car wash that uses Underbody Maintenance corrosion. Larger areas of finish
silicone carbide tire cleaning damage can be corrected in your
Use plain water to flush dirt and
brushes. Damage could occur dealer's body and paint shop.
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
and the repairs would not be
Your dealer or an underbody car Chemical Paint Spotting
covered by the vehicle warranty.
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can Airborne pollutants can fall upon
Steering, Suspension, and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
Chassis Components develop.
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
Visually inspect front and rear Sheet Metal Damage discolorations, and small, irregular
suspension and steering system for dark spots etched into the paint
If the vehicle is damaged and
damaged, loose, or missing parts or surface.
requires sheet metal repair or
signs of wear. Inspect the power replacement, make sure the body
steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually material to parts repaired or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
rubber boots, and axle seals for protection. Immediately remove any soils. Note
leaks.
Original manufacturer replacement that newspapers or dark garments
Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion that can transfer color to home
protection while maintaining the furnishings can also permanently
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, transfer color to the vehicle's
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and vehicle warranty.
interior.
steel fuel door hinge unless the Finish Damage
components are plastic. Applying Use a soft bristle brush to remove
silicone grease on weatherstrips Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the
with a clean cloth will make them scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild
last longer, seal better, and not stick available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove
or squeak.
Vehicle Care 10-87
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass
repellent from all interior surfaces or the interior using the following
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
permanent damage may result. cleaners or techniques:
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
Your dealer may have products for . Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth.
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be
specifically designed for the from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning
surfaces being cleaned to prevent . Never use a brush with stiff the interior glass with plain water.
permanent damage. Apply all bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching,
cleaners directly to the cleaning
. Never rub any surface never use abrasive cleaners on
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
aggressively or with excessive automotive glass. Abrasive
on any switches or controls.
pressure. cleaners or aggressive cleaning
Cleaners should be removed
may damage the rear window
quickly. Never allow cleaners to . Do not use laundry detergents or defogger.
remain on the surface being dishwashing soaps with
cleaned for extended periods degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Notice: Cleaning the windshield
of time. use approximately 20 drops per with water during the first three to
3.78 L (1 gal) of water. six months of ownership will
Cleaners may contain solvents that
A concentrated soap solution will reduce tendency to fog.
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read leave a residue that creates Speaker Covers
and adhere to all safety instructions streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
on the label. While cleaning the use solutions that contain strong Vacuum around a speaker cover
interior, maintain adequate or caustic soap. gently, so that the speaker will not
ventilation by opening the doors and be damaged. Clean spots with just
. Do not heavily saturate the water and mild soap.
windows. upholstery when cleaning.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
10-88 Vehicle Care
Coated Moldings To clean: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small

1. Saturate a clean lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
colorfast cloth with water or club using a commercial upholstery
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
soda. Microfiber cloth is
sponge or soft lint-free cloth formation occurs, clean the entire
recommended to prevent lint
dampened with water. fabric or carpet.
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
. When heavily soiled, use warm Following the cleaning process, a
2. Remove excess moisture by
soapy water. paper towel can be used to blot
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth. excess moisture.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
using a soft brush attachment. If a soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and
rotating brush attachment is being center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays
used during vacuuming, only use it a clean area frequently to For vehicles with high gloss
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, prevent forcing the soil in to the surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
gently remove as much of the soil fabric. microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the
following techniques: soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
. Gently blot liquids with a paper longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could
towel. Continue blotting until no the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the
more soil can be removed. 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners
. For solid soils, remove as much or solvents. Periodically hand wash
as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by club
soda or plain water. the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use.
use a commercial upholstery
Vehicle Care 10-89
Notice: Do not attach a device Cleaners containing these Cargo Cover and
with a suction cup to the display. solvents can permanently change Convenience Net
This may cause damage and the appearance and feel of leather
would not be covered by the or soft trim and are not Wash with warm water and mild
warranty. recommended. detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Instrument Panel, Leather, Do not use cleaners that increase then dry completely.
Vinyl, and Other Plastic gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease Care of Safety Belts
Surfaces
visibility through the windshield Keep belts clean and dry.
Use a soft microfiber cloth under certain conditions.
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more Notice: Use of air fresheners may
cause permanent damage to
{ WARNING
thorough cleaning, use a soft
plastics and painted surfaces. Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution. If an air freshener comes in It may severely weaken them. In
contact with any plastic or a crash, they might not be able to
Notice: Soaking or saturating painted surface in the vehicle, provide adequate protection.
leather, especially perforated blot immediately and clean with a Clean safety belts only with mild
leather, as well as other interior soft cloth dampened with a mild soap and lukewarm water.
surfaces, may cause permanent soap solution. Damage caused by
damage. Wipe excess moisture air fresheners would not be
from these surfaces after covered by the vehicle warranty.
cleaning and allow them to dry
naturally. Never use heat, steam,
spot lifters, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
10-90 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats
{ WARNING . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the pedals. that GM certified floor mats be
Interference with the pedals can purchased. Non-GM floor mats
cause unintended acceleration may not fit properly and may
and/or increased stopping interfere with the pedals. Always
distance which can cause a crash check that the floor mats do not
and injury. Make sure the floor interfere with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the
pedals. correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
. Use only a single floor mat on
retainer openings over the carpet
the driver side.
retainers and snapping into position.
. Do not place one floor mat on
Make sure the floor mat is properly
top of another.
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Notice: Damage caused by
expenses resulting from neglect or
improper maintenance can lead to
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may
costly repairs and may not be
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of
covered by the vehicle warranty.
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services Maintenance intervals, checks,
responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application inspections, recommended fluids,
all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 and lubricants are important to
Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition.
and Care maintenance using genuine
The Tire Rotation and Required
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up‐to‐
Services are the responsibility of the
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 date tools and equipment for fast
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids have your dealer perform these
dealers have extended evening and
Recommended Fluids and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Saturday hours, courtesy
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
transportation, and online
Maintenance Replacement keep the vehicle in good working
scheduling to assist with service
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 condition, improves fuel economy,
needs.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-15 importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services ‐
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9‑10. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10‑47.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑52.
Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
page 9‑46. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑20.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own Engine Oil Change
Required Services ‐ Normal chart.
Service Work on page 10‑3. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
The Additional Required Services ‐
SOON DIC message or Code 82
Severe are for vehicles that are:
DIC message displays, have the
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic engine oil and filter changed within
in hot weather. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Mainly driven in hilly or under the best conditions, the
mountainous terrain. engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service

. Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of
for more than a year. The engine oil Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. wear. See Exterior Care on
and filter must be changed at least . Check windshield washer fluid page 10‑83.
once a year and the oil life system level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system
must be reset. Your trained dealer page 10‑20. components. See Safety System
technician can perform this work. Check on page 3‑15.
If the engine oil life system is reset
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
accidentally, service the vehicle blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks.
last service. Reset the oil life Care on page 10‑83. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
. Visually inspect exhaust system
system when the oil is changed. and nearby heat shields for
See Engine Oil Life System on See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10‑26. loose or damaged parts.
page 10‑11.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
. Lubricate body components. See
Tire Rotation and Required See Tire Pressure on Exterior Care on page 10‑83.
Services Every 12 000 km/ page 10‑47. . Check starter switch. See Starter
7,500 mi Switch Check on page 10‑24.
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection on page 10‑52. . Check automatic transmission
the vehicle, and perform the . shift lock control function. See
following services. See Tire Visually check for fluid leaks.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Rotation on page 10‑52. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lock Control Function Check on
. Check engine oil level and oil See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑25.
life percentage. If needed, page 10‑13. . Check ignition transmission lock.
change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. See Ignition Transmission Lock
reset oil life system. See Engine Check on page 10‑25.
. Visually inspect steering,
Oil on page 10‑9 and Engine Oil
suspension, and chassis
Life System on page 10‑11.
components for damaged, loose,

. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10‑25.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑61.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2‑20.

Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Or every five years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on
Services — Normal page 10‑15.
(1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent comes first.
replacement may be needed if the
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
cracking, or damage; replace,
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
if needed.
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.

Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first.
Services — Severe (4) Or every five years, whichever
Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent page 10‑15. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
replacement may be needed if the (5) Or every 10 years, whichever components every 5 000 km/
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy comes first. 3,000 mi.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, .
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels.
cracking, or damage; replace, performed once a year.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow, if needed.
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. It is recommended that the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
your dealer perform these services the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
— their trained dealer technicians connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
know your vehicle best. Your dealer corrosion-free.
Fluids
can also perform a thorough Belts
assessment with a multi-point Proper fluid levels and approved
inspection to recommend when your . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
vehicle may need attention. The squeak or show signs of and components. See
following list is intended to explain cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
the services and conditions to look . Trained dealer technicians have Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM
for that may indicate services are access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
required. to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire.
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include
. Trained dealer technicians can
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
tire wear. services to ensure smooth
Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds.
Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires.
important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect
the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care
of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and
checked periodically to ensure protect the vehicle’s interior and
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
that they light when braking. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10‑86 and Exterior Care on
. With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money, fuel, and page 10‑83.
your dealer can check the lamps can reduce the risk of tire failure.
and note any concerns. . Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, in
Canada 88863462).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 AC3144C
1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 AC3145C
Engine Oil Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
1.8L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 Engine 55576026 41–117
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

1.8L L4 Engine 55580961 41–120
Wiper Blades
Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 96910777 —
Passenger – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 96910780 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 Engine 5.5 L 5.8 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 6.5 L 6.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
Fuel Tank
Standard Fuel Tank 59.0 L 15.6 gal
With RPO NL6 Fuel Tank 48.0 L 12.6 gal
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Transmission Fluid
Automatic — 6 Speed 4.0 L 4.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 (LUV) B Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
1.8L L4 (LUW) H Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
1.8L L4 (LWE) G Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.4L L4 Engine
1.8L L4 Engine
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Radio Frequency
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View

the U.S. can communicate with printable dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a preferred
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center dealer and view dealer location,
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience is a one-stop resource
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View
Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle
Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See
place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General
on page 12‑1.
Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits
E (Vehicle Information): H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Download owner manuals and view
radio, and OnStar account
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
information.
Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives.
required alerts, OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
vehicle diagnostic information, and
and who use Text Telephones
schedule service appointments. your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Call
Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program
. Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
. Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
. required for the vehicle, such as
Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day,
hand controls or a wheelchair/
quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
. Download the owner manual for
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Telephone (TTY) users, call
. Find the 1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number.
maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your
vehicle. location.
. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and license Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
plate number of the vehicle. Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare
. Odometer reading, Vehicle limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Identification Number (VIN), and owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and
delivery date of the vehicle. claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's
same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or
. Description of the problem. times. replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
Coverage Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the
comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in
In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. Roadside Assistance
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock-Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by
person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws.
permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may
covered.
. Legal fines.
be available if you have OnStar.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of For security reasons, the driver
. Mounting, dismounting,
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification or changing of snow tires,
Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices.
Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow from a Public
. Towing or services for vehicles
make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or
the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway.
any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
Services Specific to
. Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles assistance cannot be provided into the service department
right away, the Roadside immediately, keep driving it until it
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give can be scheduled for service,
is approximately $5 Canadian. permission to get local unless, of course, the problem is
Diesel fuel delivery may be emergency road service. You will safety related. If it is, please call
restricted. Propane and other receive payment, up to $100, your dealership, let them know this,
fuels are not provided through after sending the original receipt and ask for instructions.
this service. to Roadside Assistance.
. Mechanical failures may be If your dealer requests you to bring
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the vehicle for service, you are
registration is required. covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not urged to do so as early in the work
. Trip Interruption Benefits and covered by the warranty are the day as possible to allow for
Assistance: Must be over owner responsibility. same-day repair.
250 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify. Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
General Motors of Canada Program
Limited requires Appointments
pre-authorization, original When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
detailed receipts, and a copy of service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
the repair orders. Once request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
authorization has been received, scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
the Roadside Assistance advisor and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
will help to make arrangements of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
and explain how to receive dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
payment. inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation destination with minimal interruption Courtesy Rental Vehicle
options are available to assist in of your daily schedule. This includes Your dealer may arrange to provide
reducing inconvenience when one-way or round-trip shuttle service you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
warranty repairs are required. within reasonable time and distance reimburse you for a rental vehicle
Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
part of the New Vehicle Limited Public Transportation or Fuel for an overnight warranty repair.
Warranty. A separate booklet Reimbursement Rental reimbursement will be limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and and must be supported by original
Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight receipts. This requires that you sign
furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and complete a rental agreement
provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of and meet state/provincial, local, and
your dealer's shuttle service, the rental vehicle provider requirements.
information.
expense must be supported by Requirements vary and may include
Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up minimum age requirements,
to the maximum amount allowed by insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Warranty service can generally be GM for shuttle service. In addition,
completed while you wait. However, You are responsible for fuel usage
for U.S. customers, should you charges and may also be
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
arrange transportation through a responsible for taxes, levies, usage
to minimize inconvenience by
friend or relative, limited fees, excessive mileage, or rental
providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel
options. Depending on the usage beyond the completion of the
expenses may be available. Claim repair.
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs
one of the following: and be supported by original It may not be possible to provide a
Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
information regarding the allowance
Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
means of offering Courtesy
or other transportation costs.
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
Additional Program value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
Information be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
All program options, such as shuttle related failures are not covered by
service, may not be available at Collision Parts that warranty.
every dealer. Please contact your
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also
dealer for specific information about
parts made with the same materials available. These are made by
availability. All Courtesy
and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may
Transportation arrangements will be
parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle.
administered by appropriate dealer
originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit
personnel.
Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/
General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not
unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent
or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle
resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
eligibility pursuant to the terms and failure related to such parts is not
Recycled original equipment parts
conditions described herein at its covered by that warranty.
may also be used for repair. These
sole discretion.
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility
Collision Damage Repair prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you
If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that
collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever
damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer
technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center
equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number.
Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and
vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of
are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number.
quality of coverage afforded by . Vehicle make, model, and
various insurance policy terms.
If a Crash Occurs model year.
Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN).
vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all
damage repairs by using matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position number.
insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
When purchasing insurance, we officer.
recommend that you ensure that the Choose a reputable repair facility
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved
original equipment collision parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
in the crash. section.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag
to another insurance carrier. page 13‑5. Inflates? on page 3‑22.
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all
be original equipment parts, either
models.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty
the GM vehicle warranty. Manual.
Service Manuals
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees.
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner
initially value the repair using Manual only.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
the repair professional, and insist on RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees.
obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost.
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call
Technical Service Bulletins and the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Manuals are available for current
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
and past model GM vehicles. (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
Reporting Safety Defects http://www.safercar.gov; or
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday to the United States write to:
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government Administrator, NHTSA
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause Washington, D.C. 20590
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or You can also obtain other
Or write to: death, you should immediately information about motor
Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway vehicle safety from
Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration http://www.safercar.gov.
47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign.
funds. However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada computers that record information
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
immediately, and notify General about the vehicle’s performance and
Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to
Transport Canada at
Center monitor and control engine and
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to
Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag
Road Safety Branch deployment and deploy them in a
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
80 rue Noel crash, and, if equipped, to provide
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 antilock braking to help the driver
(French), or write:
control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle.
CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data
1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

. How far (if at all) the driver was
Event Data Recorders depressing the accelerator and/
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
This vehicle is equipped with an or brake pedal; and, access to the vehicle or the EDR is
event data recorder (EDR). The needed. In addition to the vehicle
. How fast the vehicle was
main purpose of an EDR is to manufacturer, other parties, such as
traveling.
record, in certain crash or near law enforcement, that have the
crash-like situations, such as an air These data can help provide a special equipment, can read the
bag deployment or hitting a road better understanding of the information if they have access to
obstacle, data that will assist in circumstances in which crashes and the vehicle or the EDR.
understanding how a vehicle’s injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
systems performed. The EDR is recorded by your vehicle only if a GM will not access this data or
designed to record data related to non-trivial crash situation occurs; no share it with others except: with the
vehicle dynamics and safety data are recorded by the EDR under consent of the vehicle owner or,
systems for a short period of time, normal driving conditions and no if the vehicle is leased, with the
typically 30 seconds or less. The personal data (e.g., name, gender, consent of the lessee; in response
EDR in this vehicle is designed to age, and crash location) are to an official request by police or
record such data as: recorded. However, other parties, similar government office; as part of
such as law enforcement, could GM's defense of litigation through
. How various systems in your the discovery process; or, as
combine the EDR data with the type
vehicle were operating; required by law. Data that GM
of personally identifying data
. Whether or not the driver and routinely acquired during a crash collects or receives may also be
passenger safety belts were investigation. used for GM research needs or may
buckled/fastened; be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar® Radio Frequency Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:
If the vehicle is equipped with Identification (RFID)
OnStar® and has an active 1. The device may not cause
RFID technology is used in some harmful interference.
subscription, additional data may be vehicles for functions such as tire
collected through the OnStar pressure monitoring and ignition 2. The device must accept any
system. This includes information system security, as well as in interference received, including
about the vehicle’s operation; about connection with conveniences such interference that may cause
collisions involving the vehicle; the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) undesired operation of the
use of the vehicle and its features; transmitters for remote door locking/ device.
and, in certain situations, the unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of
location and approximate GPS in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void
OnStar Terms and Conditions and GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment.
Privacy Statement on the OnStar personal information or link with any
website. other GM system containing
personal information.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a Radio Frequency
navigation system as part of the Statement
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of This vehicle has systems that
destinations, addresses, telephone operate on a radio frequency that
numbers, and other trip information. comply with Part 15 of the Federal
See the infotainment manual for Communications Commission (FCC)
information on stored data and for rules and with Industry Canada
deletion instructions. Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
2 NOTES
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency button OnStar Services automatic door locks, and can help
> to get a priority connection to an police locate the vehicle if it is
Emergency Advisor available stolen.
24/7 to: Emergency
. Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation
the built-in system can automatically
. Be a Good Samaritan or OnStar navigation requires the
connect to help in most crashes,
respond to an AMBER Alert. Directions and Connections
even if help cannot be requested.
service plan.
. Get crisis assistance and
Press > to connect to an
evacuation routes. Press Q to receive directions or
Emergency Advisor. GPS
have them sent to the vehicle
technology is used to identify the
navigation screen, if equipped.
vehicle location and can provide
Destinations can also be forwarded
critical information to emergency
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
personnel. The Advisor is also
The OnStar mapping database is
trained to offer critical assistance in
continuously updated. For coverage
emergency situations before first
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
responders arrive.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Security
OnStar provides services like Stolen
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped. OnStar
can unlock the vehicle doors
remotely, if it is equipped with
OnStar 14-3
Turn-by-Turn Navigation 2. Say “Route preview.” System Other Navigation Services

responds with the next three Available from OnStar
1. Press Q to connect to a live maneuvers.
Advisor. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice to send destinations from
2. Request directions. commands. MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn
3. Directions are downloaded to the Repeat Navigation or screen-based
vehicle. navigation system. When ready, the
1. Press =. System responds: directions will be downloaded to the
4. Follow the voice-guided
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicle.
commands.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Press Q,
Using Voice Commands with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to
During a Planned Route responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the
Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, press the “Go”
1. Press =. System responds: button on the navigation screen to
commands.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say begin driving directions.
“Cancel route.” System Get My Destination
responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 1. Press =. System responds: downloaded on the go. For
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Download, and coverage maps see
“OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.”
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
you, goodbye.” System responds with address
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
and the distance to the
Route Preview destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.
14-4 OnStar
Connections Calling 911 Emergency Store a Name Tag for Speed

Dialing
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows 1. Press =. The system responds
calls to be made and received from “OnStar Ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds:
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be a tone. “OnStar ready.”
controlled from a cell phone through
2. Say “Call.” The system responds 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app.
“Please say the name or number “Please say the number you
For coverage maps, see
to call.” would like to store.”
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 3. Say “911” without pausing. The 3. Say the entire number without
system responds “911.” pausing. System responds:
Hands-Free Calling “Please say the name tag.”
4. Say “Call.” The system responds
1. Press =. System responds: “OK, dialing 911.” 4. Pick a name tag. System
“OnStar ready.” responds: “About to store <name
Retrieve My Number tag>. Does that sound OK?”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Please say the name or number 1. Press =. System responds: 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
to call.” “OnStar ready.” again. System responds: “OK,
3. Say the entire number without 2. Say “My number.” System storing <name tag>.”
pausing, including a “1” and the responds: “Your OnStar
area code. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is.”
“OK calling.”
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
OnStar 14-5
Place a Call Using a Stored Diagnostics OnStar Additional

Number
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information
1. Press =. System responds: perform a vehicle check every
“OnStar ready.” month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service
transmission, antilock brakes, and
2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer
responds: “OK, calling checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor
<name tag>.” vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing
Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar
Verify Minutes and Expiration receives information that vehicle
diagnostics check is needed
Press = and say “Minutes” then ownership has changed, OnStar
between e-mails, press Q, and an
“Verify” to check how many minutes may send a voice message to the
Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account
remain and their expiration date.
information.
OnStar Mobile App
Reactivation for Subsequent
Download the OnStar RemoteLink Owners
mobile app to select Apple, Android
and BlackBerry devices to check Press Q and follow the prompts to
vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire speak to an Advisor as soon as
pressure; to start the vehicle (if possible after acquiring the vehicle.
equipped) or unlock it; or to connect The Advisor will update vehicle
to an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar records and will explain the OnStar
RemoteLink information and service offers and options available.
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.), www.onstar.ca (Canada).
14-6 OnStar
How OnStar Service Works OnStar services require a vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings,
electrical system, wireless service, tunnels, weather, electrical system
Automatic Crash Response,
and GPS satellite technologies to be design and architecture of the
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming.
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar service cannot work unless page 13‑15 for information
all OnStar services are available your vehicle is in a place where regarding Part 15 of the Federal
everywhere or on all vehicles. For OnStar has an agreement with a Communications Commission (FCC)
more information, a full description wireless service provider for service rules and Industry Canada
of OnStar services, system in that area, and the wireless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
limitations, and OnStar terms and service provider has coverage,
conditions: network capacity, reception, and Services for People with
technology compatible with OnStar Disabilities
. In the U.S. see www.onstar.com
service. Service involving location Advisors provide services to help
(U.S.) or call 1.888.4.ONSTAR.
information about the vehicle cannot subscribers with physical disabilities
(1.888.466.7827).
work unless GPS signals are and medical conditions.
. In Canada see www.onstar.ca available, unobstructed, and
(Canada) or call compatible with the OnStar Press Q for help with:
1.888.4.ONSTAR. hardware. OnStar service may not . Locating a gas station with an
(1.888.466.7827). work if the OnStar equipment is not attendant to pump gas.
. TTY 1-877-248-2080. properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
. Press Q to speak with an software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs.
Advisor. or modified, OnStar service may not . Providing directions to the
work. Other problems beyond the closest hospital or pharmacy in
control of OnStar may prevent urgent situations.
OnStar 14-7
TTY Users OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

OnStar has the ability to Number (PIN) OnStar cannot perform Remote
communicate to the deaf, A PIN is needed to access some of Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired the OnStar services, like Remote Assistance after the vehicle has
customers while in the vehicle. The Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle been off continuously for five days.
available dealer-installed TTY Assistance. You will be prompted to After five days, OnStar can contact
system can provide in-vehicle change the PIN the first time when Roadside Assistance and a
access to all of the OnStar services, speaking with an Advisor. To locksmith to help gain access to the
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar vehicle.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation. and provide the Advisor with the
current number.
Global Positioning
OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca System (GPS)
(Canada) Warranty . Obstruction of the GPS can
The website provides access to OnStar equipment may be occur in a large city with tall
account information, allows warranted as part of the New buildings; in parking garages;
management of the OnStar Vehicle Limited Warranty. The around airports; in tunnels,
subscription, and viewing of videos manufacturer of the vehicle underpasses, or parking
of each service. Get subscription furnishes detailed warranty garages; or in an area with very
plan pricing and sign up for OnStar information. dense trees. If GPS signals are
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the not available, the OnStar system
“My Account” tab on the home Languages should still operate to call
page. The website navigation and The vehicle can be programmed to OnStar. However, OnStar could
services provided may vary by respond in English, French or have difficulty identifying the
country. Spanish. Press Q and ask an exact location.
Advisor. Advisors can speak
English, French or Spanish.
14-8 OnStar
. In emergency situations, OnStar Vehicle and Power Issues cannot be assured. Third parties
can use the last stored GPS may unlawfully intercept or access
location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle
transmissions and private
responders. electrical system, wireless service,
communications without consent.
and GPS satellite technologies to be
. A temporary loss of GPS can available and operating for features OnStar - libcurl and unzip
cause loss of the ability to send to function properly. These systems
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. acknowledgments
may not operate if the battery is
The Advisor may give a verbal discharged or disconnected. Certain OnStar components include
route or may ask for a call back libcurl and unzip software. Below
after the vehicle is driven into an Add-on Electrical Equipment are the notices and licenses
open area. The OnStar system is integrated associated with this software:
Cellular and GPS Antennas into the electrical architecture of the libcurl:
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
Avoid placing items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9‑56. Added NOTICE
and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate. All rights reserved.
Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy Permission to use, copy, modify,
Message and distribute this software for any
The complete OnStar Privacy
If there is limited cellular coverage Statement may be found at purpose with or without fee is
or the cellular network has reached www.onstar.com (U.S.), hereby granted, provided that the
maximum capacity, this message or www.onstar.ca (Canada). above copyright notice and this
may come on. Press Q to try the Privacy-sensitive users of wireless permission notice appear in all
call again or try again after driving a communications are cautioned that copies.
few miles into another cellular area. the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
OnStar 14-9
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,

“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Rich Wales, Mike White
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT definitive version of this document This software is provided “as is,”
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp:// without warranty of any kind,
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF liable for any direct, indirect,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR damages arising out of the use of or
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software.
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF use this software for any purpose,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions:
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code
THE SOFTWARE. must retain the above copyright
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Except as contained in this notice, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and
the name of a copyright holder shall Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions.
not be used in advertising or Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
otherwise to promote the sale, use George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
or other dealings in this Software Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
without prior written authorization of Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
the copyright holder.
14-10 OnStar
2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but

(compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit
to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such
of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further
(including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from
self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the
permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
this license, as long as the addresses or of the
normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s).
been removed from the binary or 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
disabled. the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source
with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases.
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System

Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Automatic
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Add-On Electrical
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Additional Information
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Alarm Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Automatic Transmission
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Air Filter, Passenger
Antenna Shift Lock Control
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Auxiliary
Airbag System
Antilock Brake Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 B
Appearance Care Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Passenger Sensing
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
What Makes an Airbag
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Voltage and Charging
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Assistance Program, Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
What Will You See after an
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-26
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-20, 7-23
When Should an Airbag
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-19
i-2 INDEX
Brake C Check
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-16 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Ignition
California
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-25
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Child Restraints
Perchlorate Materials
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Infants and Young
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Lower Anchors and
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-38
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Capacities and
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . 10-27 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Carbon Monoxide
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Headlamps, Front Turn Cleaning
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Signal, and Parking Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Cargo
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Cautions, Danger, and
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-29 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
INDEX i-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Customer Assistance (cont'd) Door

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Compressor Kit, Tire Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Connections Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Driver Information
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Coolant Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Driving
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Characteristics and
Engine Temperature D Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Danger, Warnings, and Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Courtesy Transportation Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Devices Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Diagnostics Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont'd) Fluid

Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12
Electrical Equipment,
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Overheated Protection Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Electrical System
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Fog Lamps
Engine Compartment
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Fuses and Circuit
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Front Fog Lamp
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-20 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Instrument Panel Fuse
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-26 Front Seats
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Emergency
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Engine
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Filling a Portable Fuel
Check and Service Engine
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 F Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Filter, Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47
Coolant Temperature
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Cooling System Messages . . .5-28
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Requirements, California . . . . .9-47
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
INDEX i-5
Fuses General Information Heater

Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Heating and Air
Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Instrument Panel Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
G H Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Gasoline Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4 How to Wear Safety Belts
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Gauges Headlamps Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine Coolant Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 I
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . 9-15, 9-17
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Halogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Infants and Young Children,
Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-21 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
i-6 INDEX
Instrument Panel Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Headlamps, Front Turn Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Signal, and Parking Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
J Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
K Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-29 LATCH System Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-20
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
L Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-41 Lighting Traction Control System
Lamps Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Lights Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-17
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
INDEX i-7
Locks Messages Mirrors

Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Automatic Dimming
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Battery Voltage and Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-28 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
for Children (LATCH Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Monitor System, Tire
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
M Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Maintenance Object Detection System . . . . .5-30 N
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Navigation
Maintenance Schedule Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Recommended Fluids Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 O
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Object Detection System
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Object Detection, Side Blind
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
i-8 INDEX
Off-Road Overheated Engine Phone

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Protection Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-20, 7-23
Oil Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Power
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11 Overview, Infotainment Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-31 P Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-20
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22
OnStar® Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
OnStar® Additional Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Power Steering Warning
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Pregnancy, Using Safety
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Brake and P (Park) Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 Privacy
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-25 Radio Frequency
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Passenger Airbag Status Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Program
Operation, Infotainment Passenger Compartment Air Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Proposition 65 Warning,
Ordering Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-24 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11 Perchlorate Materials
Outlets Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
INDEX i-9
R Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Radio Frequency
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While
Radios
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-30 S
Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Replacing Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-42
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16 How to Wear Safety Belts
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Reporting Safety Defects Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Recommended
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-16
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Restraints Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-15
Recommended Fluids and
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Safety Defects Reporting
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Retained Accessory Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Records
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Ride Control Systems U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Recreational Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Roads Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Reduced Engine Power
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Roadside Assistance Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Reimbursement Program,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
i-10 INDEX
Seats Service (cont'd) Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Publications Ordering Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Starting the Vehicle
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-17
Securing Child Check, Automatic Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Security Shifting Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Storage Areas
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Side Blind Zone Alert . . . . . . . . . . 9-40 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Sidemarker Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Signals, Turn and Storing the Tire Sealant
Accessories and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Spare Tire Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Specifications and Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-15 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Maintenance, General Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 System
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15, 7-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
INDEX i-11
T Tires (cont'd) Trailer

Sealant and Compressor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Transmission
Taillamps
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Terminology and Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-15
Uniform Tire Quality Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Transportation Program,
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Wheel Alignment and Tire Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Tires
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-58 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Turn Signal
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Towing Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-51
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-49
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55 U
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-39
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-80 Uniform Tire Quality
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-48
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-34
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Control System (TCS)/
Sealant and
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
i-12 INDEX
V W When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Vehicle Warning
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-37
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Windshield
Identification Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Winter
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Wheels
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-26
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Alignment and Tire
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-68
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owners PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owners PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2013 - crc - 10/16/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

A circle with a slash through it is a

Vehicle Symbol Chart j : LATCH System Child

In Brief Vehicle Features

26. Traction Control System (TCS) Initial Drive

Press o { to activate the safety If available, move the lever up or

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting

5 : Turns on the headlamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer

Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

6. Driver and Passenger Heated Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

Storing a Favorite Station 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Satellite Radio

Cruise Control *: Press to disengage cruise Driver Information

Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Performance and

Replace the vehicle's tires with

the same TPC Spec number

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

With an active OnStar subscription,

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the new

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

6. Remove the transmitter from the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

To lock or unlock a door from

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks The rear door power windows are Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Remote Trunk Release If the engine is running, the doors

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security Disarming the System

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Immobilizer Operation The security light in the instrument Exterior Mirrors

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

To express open or close the Sunshade

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Adding Equipment to the